QS World Future Skills Index 2025

  • 17 Jan 2025

In News:

The QS World Future Skills Index 2025, released by Quacquarelli Symonds (QS), evaluates countries' readiness to meet the evolving demands of the global job market. It assesses nations based on skill development, education, and economic transformation, highlighting their preparedness for emerging technologies, artificial intelligence (AI), and sustainability.

India’s Performance in the Index:

  • Overall Ranking: India is ranked 25th globally, categorizing it as a “Future Skills Contender.”
  • Future of Work Category: India ranked 2nd, only behind the United States, reflecting its preparedness for AI, digital, and green jobs.
  • Economic Transformation: India scored 58.3, the lowest among the top 30 countries, reflecting challenges in innovation and sustainability.
  • Skills Fit: India received a score of 59.1, the weakest among the top 30 nations, indicating a gap between workforce skills and industry requirements.
  • Academic Readiness: India’s education system is struggling to keep pace with employer demands, necessitating curriculum reforms and stronger academia-industry collaboration.

Key Findings from the Report:

Strengths:

  • Digital Readiness: India has demonstrated strong capabilities in integrating digital talent into the workforce.
  • Youth Advantage: A large, young population provides a demographic dividend for sustained economic growth.
  • Startup Ecosystem: India’s startup culture and government initiatives support technological advancement and innovation.

Weaknesses:

  • Higher Education-Industry Gap: Mismatch between education and employer requirements, particularly in AI, green skills, and entrepreneurship.
  • Limited R&D Investment: India’s research and development spending is 0.6% of GDP, far below the global average of 2.7%.
  • Low Innovation in Sustainability: India scored 15.6 out of 100, ranking poorly in future-oriented innovation for sustainability.

Challenges and Concerns:

  • Skilled Workforce Shortage: The National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) estimates a 29 million skilled workforce gap in critical sectors such as healthcare, semiconductor manufacturing, and AI.
  • Low Employability Rates: Only 25% of management professionals, 20% of engineers, and 10% of graduates meet global employability standards.
  • Higher Education Accessibility: Many students face difficulties in accessing quality tertiary education, particularly in skill-intensive fields.

Opportunities for Growth:

  • Leverage Demographic Dividend: India can capitalize on its young workforce to dominate skill-based industries while other nations struggle with aging populations.
  • Policy Support:
    • National Education Policy (NEP) 2020: Focuses on modular education and reskilling initiatives.
    • ULLAS Program: Aims to expand lifelong learning and skill development.
  • Technological Integration: Advancements in AI and digital learning can help modernize academic curricula and improve job readiness.

Recommendations for Improvement:

  • Enhancing Academia-Industry Collaboration: Universities should prioritize problem-solving, entrepreneurship, and creativity to align education with employer needs.
  • Increasing R&D Investment: Raising spending on research and development to promote innovation and sustainability.
  • Expanding Access to Education: Bridging regional disparities in tertiary education through flexible and modular learning.
  • Strengthening Policy Implementation: Ensuring effective execution of skilling programs to reduce the workforce-employability gap.

Global Economic Prospects (GEP) Report 2025

  • 17 Jan 2025

In News:

The World Bank has released its Global Economic Prospects (GEP) report for 2025, a flagship biannual publication analyzing trends and projections in the global economy, with a focus on emerging markets and developing economies (EMDEs). The report highlights economic growth forecasts, trade dynamics, and the challenges and opportunities shaping the global economic landscape.

Global Economic Outlook

  • The world economy is projected to expand at a steady yet subdued rate of 2.7% in both 2025 and 2026, maintaining the pace of 2024.
  • Inflation, which peaked above 8% in recent years, is expected to stabilize at an average rate of 2.7% in 2025 and 2026, aligning with central bank targets.
  • Despite growth, the global economy remains 0.4 percentage points below the 2010-2019 average, raising concerns about its ability to tackle poverty effectively.

Challenges and Risks

  • Trade Restrictions: New trade restrictions imposed in 2024 were five times higher than the 2010-19 average, contributing to a slowdown in global trade and economic growth.
  • Rising Protectionism: Increased fragmentation in global trade policies is limiting exports and hampering economic integration.
  • Policy Uncertainty: Adverse policy shifts, sluggish progress in reducing inflation, and weaker performance in major economies pose downside risks to global recovery.
  • Debt and Investment Concerns: Developing economies are experiencing sluggish investment growth and high debt levels, exacerbated by climate change-related costs.

Emerging Markets and Developing Economies (EMDEs)

  • EMDEs have significantly evolved since 2000, now contributing about 45% of global GDP, compared to 25% at the start of the century.
  • The three largest EMDEs—India, China, and Brazil—have accounted for approximately 60% of annual global growth over the past two decades.
  • Growth in low- and middle-income developing countries is expected at 4.1% in 2025 and 4% in 2026, with a notable slowdown compared to the early 2000s.
  • Low-income countries are projected to rebound to 5.7% in 2025 and 5.9% in 2026, aided by easing conflicts in some regions.
  • The world's poorest nations, with annual per capita incomes below USD 1,145, recorded growth of 3.6% in 2024, impacted by conflicts in regions like Gaza and Sudan, alongside lingering effects of COVID-19 and geopolitical tensions.

India-Specific Highlights

  • Fastest-Growing Major Economy: India is expected to maintain its position as the world’s fastest-growing major economy, with a projected growth rate of 6.7% in both 2025 and 2026.
  • Sectoral Growth: The services sector will remain robust, while manufacturing activity is expected to strengthen.
  • Investment Growth: Supported by rising private investment, improved corporate balance sheets, and favorable financing conditions, investment growth in India is expected to remain steady.
  • Key Growth Drivers:
    • Infrastructure development under the PM GatiShakti National Master Plan.
    • Innovation-driven initiatives like Startup India and the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme.
    • Expansion of the digital economy and financial inclusion efforts.
  • Rural Demand and Consumption: Growth in rural demand and a recovery in farm production have bolstered consumer spending, although urban consumption remains affected by inflation and slow credit growth.

Nine Years of Startup India

  • 16 Jan 2025

In News:

On January 16, 2025, India marks nine years of Startup India, a transformative journey that began in 2016. Designated as National Startup Day, this occasion celebrates the nation’s strides in fostering a robust and inclusive entrepreneurial ecosystem.

Current Status (as of Jan 2025)

 Over 1.59 lakh startups recognized by DPIIT, making India the 3rd largest startup ecosystem globally.

  • More than 100 unicorns (startups valued over $1 billion).
  • Key hubs: Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Mumbai, Delhi-NCR; growing contribution from smaller cities.

Key Sectors

  • Major sectors: Fintech, Edtech, Health-tech, E-commerce.
  • Notable companies: Zomato, Nykaa, Ola exemplify India's shift from job seekers to job creators.

Key Milestones (2016–2025)

  • Startups grew from around 500 in 2016 to 1.59 lakh in 2025.
  • 73,151 startups with at least one-woman director as of 2024, showcasing rise in women entrepreneurship.
  • Over 16.6 lakh jobs created by DPIIT-recognized startups by 2024.

Core Features of Startup India

  • Ease of Doing Business: Simplified compliance, self-certification, and single-window clearances.
  • Tax Benefits: Three-year tax exemptions for eligible startups.
  • Funding Support: ?10,000 crore Fund of Funds for Startups (FFS) supports early-stage funding.
  • Sector-Specific Policies: Policies focusing on sectors like biotechnology, agriculture, and renewable energy.

Industry-wise Jobs Created

  • IT Services: 2.04 lakh jobs.
  • Healthcare & Lifesciences: 1.47 lakh jobs.
  • Professional & Commercial Services: 94,000 jobs.
  • Total direct jobs created: 16.6 lakh (as of Oct 2024).

Flagship Schemes

  • Startup India Seed Fund Scheme (SISFS).
  • Credit Guarantee Scheme for Startups (CGSS).
  • Fund of Funds for Startups (FFS) Scheme.

Other Key Initiatives

  • Capacity Building & Handholding: Workshops for regional ecosystems, especially in non-metro cities.
  • Outreach & Awareness: Initiatives to facilitate funding, incubation, and mentorship opportunities.
  • Ecosystem Development: National-level events like Startup Mahakumbh to bring together key stakeholders.
  • International Linkages: India’s G20 Presidency institutionalized Startup20 to enhance global collaborations.

BHASKAR Platform (Launched in Sept 2024)

  • Objective: Centralize and streamline interactions within the entrepreneurial ecosystem.
  • Key Features:
    • Networking: Connects startups, investors, mentors, and government bodies.
    • Resources: Provides quick access to essential tools and knowledge for scaling startups.
    • Global Outreach: Promotes India as a global innovation hub.

Startup Mahakumbh

  • 2024 Edition: Hosted 1,300 exhibitors, 48,000 visitors, and 392 speakers, including unicorn founders and policymakers.
  • 2025 Edition (3-5 April, New Delhi): Theme - “Startup India @ 2047 – Unfolding the Bharat Story.”

Bharat Cleantech Manufacturing Platform

  • 14 Jan 2025

In News:

Union Minister of Commerce & Industry Shri Piyush Goyal launches Bharat Cleantech Manufacturing Platform.

Bharat Cleantech Manufacturing Platform:

  • Objective: Strengthen India's cleantech value chains, especially in solar, wind, hydrogen, and battery storage sectors.
  • Platform Features:
    • Aims to promote collaboration, co-innovation, and knowledge-sharing among Indian firms.
    • Focus on scaling up manufacturing, sharing ideas, technologies, and resources.
    • Acts as a financing platform for the cleantech sector.
    • Designed to position India as a global leader in sustainability and cleantech innovation.

India's Clean Energy Commitment:

  • Target: 500 GW of clean energy capacity by 2030.
  • India has been a front-runner in fulfilling its Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) under the Paris Agreement and UNFCCC.
  • Early Achievement: India achieved its 2022 renewable energy target of 200 GW, 8 years ahead of schedule.
  • Largest Interconnected Grid: India boasts the world’s largest interconnected power grid, enhancing its renewable energy distribution capacity.
  • Gujarat is a pioneer in solar power adoption in India.

Union Minister Shri Piyush Goyal's Views:

  • On Product-Linked Incentives (PLIs):
    • PLIs and subsidies are seen as short-term aids; long-term growth of the clean energy sector depends on it becoming self-sustaining.
    • Urged Indian firms to innovate and scale up manufacturing within the country.
  • On Clean Energy and Sustainability:
    • Stressed the importance of innovation and collaboration to achieve sustainability goals.
    • India aims to attract international investors by creating a compelling business case for cleantech investments.
  • 3S Approach (Speed, Scale, and Skill): Key to implementing India's renewable energy program, emphasizing rapid deployment, large-scale adoption, and skill development in the sector.

Bharat Climate Forum 2025:

  • Event Objective: A platform for policymakers, industry leaders, and stakeholders to discuss climate action, clean energy, and India’s role in global climate goals.
  • Key Focus Areas:
    • Aligning India’s clean energy initiatives with global climate goals (UNFCCC, Paris Agreement).
    • Emphasizing India’s early achievements in clean energy adoption.
    • Promoting sustainable development and clean energy solutions.

India's Performance in Renewable Energy:

  • India’s progress has been commendable in meeting its climate targets and setting up clean energy capacity ahead of schedule.
  • The government’s initiatives, led by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, have made solar power affordable and scalable through transparency in auctions, competitive bidding, and speed in project implementation.

Future of Jobs Report 2025

  • 12 Jan 2025

In News:

The World Economic Forum's latest "Future of Jobs Report 2025" has highlighted significant trends and predictions for the global labor market by 2030.

Key Highlights:

Fastest Growing Jobs by 2030

The report identified the following jobs as the fastest-growing by 2030:

  • Big Data Specialists
  • FinTech Engineers
  • AI and Machine Learning Specialists
  • Software and Applications Developers
  • Security Management Specialists
  • Data Warehousing Specialists
  • Autonomous and Electric Vehicle Specialists
  • UI/UX Designers
  • Delivery Drivers
  • Internet of Things (IoT) Specialists

Job Disruption and Creation

  • 22% of jobs globally will be disrupted by 2030 due to automation and technological advancements.
  • 170 million new jobs are expected to be created, resulting in a net increase of 78 million jobs.
  • Technological shifts, economic uncertainty, and demographic changes are expected to play significant roles in this transformation.

Skills in High Demand

  • AI, Big Data, Cybersecurity: Skills related to artificial intelligence and big data are expected to see an 87% rise, while networks and cybersecurity skills are projected to increase by 70%.
  • Creative Thinking, Flexibility: Skills like creative thinking, resilience, flexibility, and agility are also expected to see a significant rise, emphasizing the importance of soft skills in a technology-driven world.

Declining Jobs

The report lists the following positions as expected to decline by 2030:

  • Postal Service Clerks
  • Bank Tellers
  • Data Entry Clerks
  • Cashiers and Ticket Clerks
  • Telemarketers
  • Printing Workers
  • Accounting and Bookkeeping Clerks

These roles are being replaced or transformed by automation and AI, which are reshaping traditional job functions.

Technological Advancements

  • Digital Access: 60% of employers believe that expanding digital access will be the most transformative trend for businesses.
  • AI and Robotics: Employers are investing heavily in AI, robotics, and energy technologies, creating a demand for skilled workers in these sectors.
  • Energy Technologies: Jobs related to the green transition, including renewable energy and environmental engineering, will see an uptick as countries strive to meet climate goals.

Key Drivers of Change

  • Technological Change: AI, machine learning, and automation will continue to reshape industries.
  • Geoeconomic Fragmentation: Geopolitical tensions and economic shifts are prompting businesses to transform their models, leading to a greater demand for cybersecurity and security management roles.
  • Aging Populations: The growing demand for healthcare services, especially in high-income economies, will result in more jobs in the care economy (e.g., nursing professionals, social workers).
  • Green Transition: The global shift toward clean energy and environmental sustainability will create numerous opportunities for jobs in renewable energy and climate change mitigation.

Implications for India

  • AI and Robotics Investment: Indian companies are leading the way in investing in AI, robotics, and autonomous systems.
  • Growth Sectors: India’s rapidly developing tech sector will see a rising demand for AI, machine learning, and big data specialists.
  • Disruptions in Traditional Jobs: Roles like postal clerks, cashiers, and data entry clerks in India are also expected to face significant reductions due to automation.

Challenges for Employment in India

  • Skill Mismatch: There is a significant skill gap, with many workers lacking expertise in emerging fields like AI, cybersecurity, and data science.
  • Digital Divide: Urban areas are adapting to new technologies faster than rural areas, which may widen employment disparities.
  • Informal Sector: India’s large informal workforce faces challenges in transitioning to technology-driven jobs due to limited access to training and education.

Reskilling and Upskilling

  • The WEF report emphasizes that 59% of the global workforce will need reskilling or upskilling by 2030 to remain competitive.
  • Workers must adapt to new roles, especially in technology and the green transition, to meet the evolving demands of the job market.

GEAPP and ISA Sign $100 Million Agreement for Solar Projects

  • 12 Jan 2025

In News:

The Global Energy Alliance for People and Planet (GEAPP) signed a Multi-Donor Trust Fund (MDTF) agreement with the International Solar Alliance (ISA) to mobilize $100 million for funding high-impact solar energy projects. This collaboration is part of a wider effort to accelerate India's clean energy transition, bridge financing gaps, and enhance the country's energy systems. Along with this agreement, two other key initiatives were announced:

  • DUET (Digitalization of Utilities for Energy Transition)
  • ENTICE 2.0 (Energy Transitions Innovation Challenge)

These programs aim to address energy transition challenges by fostering scalable, cost-efficient solutions, digitalizing utilities, and supporting innovations for sustainable energy.

Key Features:

  • Multi-Donor Trust Fund (MDTF):
    • The MDTF aims to raise and deploy $100 million to finance impactful solar energy projects, with ISA driving the strategic direction.
    • GEAPP’s Project Management Unit will provide governance, fundraising, and technical expertise to ensure project success.
    • The collaboration emphasizes the importance of solar energy in achieving India's clean energy goals.
  • DUET (Digitalization of Utilities for Energy Transition):
    • Focuses on transforming grid systems by digitalizing grid assets and integrating them with smart sensors.
    • Real-time data will help reduce transmission losses and facilitate Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) deployment, assisting in the integration of Distributed Renewable Energy (DRE) into the grid.
  • ENTICE 2.0 (Energy Transitions Innovation Challenge):
    • A platform for identifying and scaling innovative solutions to accelerate the clean energy transition, especially within India's growing startup ecosystem.
    • Focuses on supporting investable opportunities for energy transition solutions, building on the earlier success of ENTICE 1.0.

Global Impact of GEAPP:

GEAPP, launched with an initial commitment of $464 million, has already funded 130 projects across 40 countries. These projects have impacted over 50 million people, helping reduce 43 million tons of CO2 emissions. The collaboration with ISA is expected to deepen GEAPP's efforts in mobilizing capital to foster clean energy access and tackle climate change.

India’s Clean Energy Transition:

India has already extended electricity access to over 800 million people, but about 2.5% of households still remain unelectrified. Distributed renewable energy, especially solar energy, will play a pivotal role in reaching these underserved populations. India aims for 47 GW of battery energy storage systems by 2032, which will support grid stability and energy access.

Additional Initiatives and Impact:

  • Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS):
    • GEAPP has also supported India’s first commercial standalone BESS project, which will provide 24/7 power to over 12,000 low-income customers.
    • The project is set to lower electricity tariffs by 55%, benefiting economically disadvantaged communities.
  • Strategic Alliances:
    • The partnership with ISA and the strategic initiatives like DUET and ENTICE 2.0 aim to further India’s climate and energy goals, bringing renewable energy solutions to underserved regions, and supporting the country's energy security.

Role of GEAPP and ISA:

  • GEAPP works to mobilize financing, provide technical expertise, and ensure effective implementation of renewable energy projects globally.
  • ISA focuses on solar energy solutions, and with this agreement, it seeks to enhance the solar energy capacity in its member countries, aligning with climate targets.

About GEAPP:

GEAPP is a multi-stakeholder alliance comprising governments, philanthropy, technology partners, and financial institutions. Its goal is to transition developing economies to clean energy while enhancing economic growth. It aims to:

  • Reduce 4 gigatons of carbon emissions.
  • Provide clean energy access to 1 billion people.
  • Create 150 million new jobs globally.

India’s First Organic Fisheries Cluster

  • 12 Jan 2025

In News:

The Union Minister, Department of Fisheries, Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying Shri Rajiv Ranjan Singh inaugurated and laid the foundation for 50 key projects worth Rs. 50 crores under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) covering all North East Region States Except Arunachal Pradesh and Mizoram.

Key Highlights:

  • Initiative: India’s first Organic Fisheries Cluster, launched under the Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY). The cluster focuses on sustainable aquaculture, promoting the production of antibiotic, chemical, and pesticide-free organic fish.
  • Target Markets: Eco-conscious domestic and global markets.

Sikkim's Role as India’s First Organic State:

  • Sikkim's Organic Commitment: Sikkim is the first Indian state to embrace 100% organic farming, covering 75,000 hectares of land.
  • Vision: The Organic Fisheries Cluster aligns with Sikkim’s broader goal of promoting organic, sustainable agricultural practices.

Objective of Organic Fisheries Cluster:

  • To prevent pollution and protect aquatic ecosystems by using ecologically healthy practices.
  • Promotes sustainable fish farming methods, reducing environmental damage.
  • Focus on species like amur carp and other carp varieties, aligning with the state’s success in organic farming.

Support from NABARD:

  • The National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) will provide financial and technical assistance.
  • Key support includes:
    • Infrastructure development.
    • Formation of Fisheries-based Farmer Producer Organizations (FFPOs).
    • Capacity building of local fishers and farmers.

PMMSY: A Comprehensive Fisheries Development Scheme:

  • Investment: ?20,050 crore under PMMSY.
  • Objective: To revolutionize India’s fisheries sector by promoting sustainable growth, enhancing fish production, and improving infrastructure.
  • Implementation Period: FY 2020-21 to FY 2024-25.
  • Key Goals:
    • Boosting fish production and exports.
    • Enhancing welfare of fishers and farmers.
    • Promoting cluster-based development for better efficiency and competitiveness.

Cluster-Based Approach in Fisheries:

  • Objective: To bring together geographically connected enterprises to enhance economies of scale.
  • Impact: This approach improves financial viability, strengthens the fisheries value chain, and creates new business and livelihood opportunities.
  • Types of Clusters: Includes Pearl, Seaweed, Ornamental Fisheries, Cold Water Fisheries, Organic Fisheries, and more.

Fisheries Focus in the North Eastern Region (NER):

  • Fisheries Potential: The North Eastern Region (NER) has abundant freshwater resources and is a biodiversity hotspot.
  • Growth: Inland fish production in the NER surged from 4.03 lakh tonnes (2014-15) to 6.41 lakh tonnes (2023-24), marking an impressive 5% annual growth.
  • Investment in NER: Over ?2,114 crore invested through schemes like Blue Revolution and PMMSY.
  • Key Projects:
    • 50 projects worth ?50 crore to boost the region’s fisheries infrastructure, generating over 4,500 jobs.
    • Projects include hatcheries, cold storage units, aquaculture parks, and fish kiosks.

India’s Global Fisheries Standing:

  • India is the second-largest fish producer in the world, contributing 8% to global fish production.
  • Top Rankings:
    • Second in aquaculture production.
    • Leading in shrimp production and exports.
    • Third in capture fisheries.

Government Commitments and Schemes:

  • Total Investment: Since 2015, the government has committed ?38,572 crore to fisheries development through key schemes like:
    • Blue Revolution.
    • Fisheries and Aquaculture Infrastructure Development Fund (FIDF).
    • PMMSY.
    • Pradhan Mantri Matsya Kisan Samridhi Sah-Yojana (PM-MKSSY).
  • These initiatives aim to promote sustainable growth, create jobs, and enhance infrastructure in the fisheries sector.

Economic, Environmental, and Social Benefits:

  • Economic Impact:
    • Higher incomes for fishers and farmers through better production and export.
    • Employment generation through infrastructure development.
  • Environmental Impact: Reduced pollution and protection of aquatic ecosystems.
  • Social Impact: Empowerment of local communities, fostering sustainable livelihoods.

UJALA Scheme

  • 10 Jan 2025

In News:

UJALA scheme completes 10 years, saves ?19,153 crore annually

UJALA Scheme (Unnat Jyoti by Affordable LEDs for All)

  • Launch Date: 5th January 2015 by PM Narendra Modi
  • Objective:
    • To promote energy-efficient LED lighting across India
    • To reduce energy consumption, lower electricity bills, and decrease carbon emissions
  • Implementing Body: Energy Efficiency Services Limited (EESL), Ministry of Power
  • Scheme Relevance: Aims to provide affordable LED bulbs, tube lights, and fans to every household
  • Global Recognition: World’s largest zero-subsidy domestic lighting scheme

Key Features:

  • Affordability: Subsidized LED bulbs (?70-80), reducing the cost of electricity for households
  • Energy Efficiency: LEDs consume 90% less energy than incandescent bulbs, 50% less than CFLs
  • Environmental Impact: Significant reduction in CO? emissions by avoiding millions of tonnes annually
  • Market Transformation: Over 36.87 crore LED bulbs distributed, saving approximately ?19,153 crore on electricity bills each year
  • Consumer Benefit:
    • On-Bill Financing: LED bulbs available for purchase through deferred payment via electricity bills
    • Targeted low-income communities through Self-Help Groups (SHGs)

Achievements:

  • Energy Savings: 47.9 billion kWh annually
  • Cost Savings: ?19,153 crore saved on electricity bills
  • Carbon Emission Reduction: 38.7 million tonnes of CO? avoided per year
  • Peak Demand Reduction: 9,586 MW reduction in peak electricity demand
  • Street Lighting: Over 1.34 crore LED streetlights installed, saving 9,001 million units annually

Key Initiatives:

  • GRAM UJALA Scheme (March 2021): Aimed at rural households, providing LED bulbs at ?10 each
  • Street Lighting National Programme (SLNP): Aimed at reducing public lighting costs with energy-efficient streetlights
  • Encouraging Domestic Manufacturing: Stimulated local LED production, aligning with the "Make in India" mission
  • E-Procurement Transparency: Real-time procurement ensuring price reductions and maintaining quality

Impact on Environment:

  • Energy Savings & Carbon Footprint: The scheme significantly reduced the carbon footprint by promoting energy-efficient appliances
  • Reduction in Household Consumption: Consumers benefit from reduced energy consumption and lower utility bills

New Method to Improve Nitrogen Use Efficiency (NUE)

  • 10 Jan 2025

In News:

A recent breakthrough in agricultural research offers a promising solution to improve Nitrogen Use Efficiency (NUE) in crops, particularly in rice and Arabidopsis, by reducing nitric oxide (NO) levels in plants. This innovative approach provides an environmentally sustainable way to enhance crop yields while minimizing the need for synthetic nitrogen fertilizers, which have significant ecological and economic drawbacks.

Key Findings and Research Overview:

  • Reducing NO Levels: The study, conducted by researchers at the National Institute of Plant Genome Research (NIPGR), demonstrated that by reducing nitric oxide (NO) levels in plants, nitrogen uptake could be significantly improved. This leads to a better NUE, a crucial factor for enhancing crop yield sustainably.
  • NUE and Its Importance: NUE refers to the efficiency with which plants use nitrogen for biomass production. Improving NUE allows for higher crop yields with less fertilizer input, reducing costs and minimizing nitrogen-related environmental pollution.
  • Traditional Approaches and Their Limitations: Current techniques to improve NUE primarily rely on the use of inorganic nitrogen fertilizers. These methods, though effective, have several downsides:
    • They involve high operational costs for farmers.
    • Excessive fertilizer use contributes to the emission of nitrogen oxides (NOx) and other pollutants.
    • The production of these fertilizers also contributes to greenhouse gas emissions.

In contrast, the new study proposes a genetic and pharmacological manipulation of NO levels, offering a sustainable alternative to these traditional, resource-heavy methods.

Study Methodology:

The research team employed both genetic and pharmacological approaches to regulate NO levels in plants:

  • Phytoglobin Overexpression: By overexpressing phytoglobin (a natural NO scavenger), the researchers increased the expression of high-affinity nitrate transporters (HATs) like NRT2.1 and NRT2.4. These transporters are essential for efficient nitrogen uptake.
  • NO Donor and Scavenger Treatments: Plants were treated with NO donor (SNAP) and NO scavenger (cPTIO) to monitor the effects on NUE.
  • Results: The treatment led to more efficient nitrogen uptake, especially under low NO conditions, by enhancing the expression of HATs. This method could increase plant growth and nitrogen utilization without relying on excessive fertilizer use.

Significance and Impact:

This research provides a pathway to enhance crop yield sustainably by addressing one of the most critical challenges in modern agriculturereducing the reliance on nitrogen fertilizers. By modulating NO levels to regulate nitrogen uptake, this approach offers:

  • Reduced need for synthetic fertilizers, lowering farmers' operational costs.
  • Minimized environmental impact, including lower nitrogen oxide emissions and less nitrogen runoff.
  • Improved nitrogen uptake efficiency, ensuring better crop yields, especially under conditions with limited nitrogen availability.

Broader Implications:

  • Global Nitrogen Challenges:
    • The overuse of nitrogen fertilizers has been a major driver of nitrogen pollution, leading to issues like eutrophication, biodiversity loss, and climate change.
    • According to the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), excessive nitrogen use has worsened environmental conditions globally, while many regions, particularly in low-income countries, suffer from nitrogen depletion, which reduces crop productivity.
  • Health and Environmental Risks:
    • Nitrogen pollution contributes to health issues like methemoglobinemia (blue baby syndrome) and various long-term diseases.
    • Nitrogen compounds also play a role in greenhouse gas emissions, further exacerbating climate change.
  • Future Directions for Sustainable Agriculture:
    • This study highlights the need for innovative nitrogen management strategies, integrating both biological and genetic approaches to optimize nitrogen use.
    • Research is underway to develop NO scavenging formulations and identify bacteria that could be used in soil to enhance NUE in plants.
  • Policy Recommendations:
    • Governments should focus on reducing the environmental and health impacts of nitrogen fertilizer production and usage by promoting sustainable farming practices.
    • Encouraging biological nitrogen fixation through crops like soybeans and alfalfa, and investing in low-emission fertilizers, can help mitigate nitrogen pollution.

Anji Khad Bridge

  • 08 Jan 2025

In News:

The Indian Railways has unveiled a monumental engineering achievement with the completion of the Anji Khad Bridge, India’s first cable-stayed rail bridge.

Overview:

  • The Anji Khad Bridge is India's first cable-stayed rail bridge, located in Jammu and Kashmir’s Reasi district.
  • It is a key part of the Udhampur-Srinagar-Baramulla Rail Link (USBRL) project aimed at enhancing connectivity between Jammu and Kashmir and the rest of India.
  • The bridge crosses the Anji River, a tributary of the Chenab River, and is expected to transform regional transport, boost tourism, and promote economic growth.

Key Features:

  • Dimensions:
    • Total length: 725.5 meters.
    • Main Pylon Height: 193 meters from the foundation, standing 331 meters above the riverbed.
    • The bridge is designed for train speeds of up to 100 km/h and can withstand wind speeds of up to 213 km/h.
  • Structure and Design:
    • Asymmetrical cable-stayed design supported by 96 cables with varying lengths (82 to 295 meters).
    • The structure includes:
      • A 120-meter approach viaduct on the Reasi side.
      • A 38-meter approach bridge on the Katra side.
      • A 473.25-meter cable-stayed portion crossing the valley.
      • A 94.25-meter central embankment linking the main bridge to the approach viaduct.
  • Construction Techniques:
    • Used advanced construction techniques such as DOKA Jump Form Shuttering, Pump Concreting, and Tower Crane Technique to enhance safety and reduce construction time by 30%.
    • A 40-ton tower crane imported from Spain was employed for operations at great heights.
    • The project utilized site-specific investigations by IIT Roorkee and IIT Delhi due to the region’s complex geological and seismic conditions.
  • Engineering Challenges:
    • The bridge had to be constructed in the difficult Himalayan terrain, with fragile geological features such as faults and thrusts.
    • Seismic activity in the region required additional precautions in the design and construction process.
  • Safety and Monitoring:
    • Equipped with an integrated monitoring system that includes multiple sensors to ensure the structural health of the bridge during operation.

Importance and Impact:

  • Connectivity: The bridge will significantly improve connectivity between Katra and Reasi, ensuring faster rail travel and linking the Kashmir Valley with the rest of India.
  • Tourism and Economic Growth: Expected to boost tourism and economic development by improving access to the region, attracting visitors, and facilitating smoother transportation of goods and services.
  • Sustainability: The bridge's design ensures it remains safe under extreme weather conditions, offering long-term reliability for the Indian Railways network.

Collaboration and International Expertise:

  • The design and supervision were handled by ITALFERR (Italy), with proof-checking conducted by COWI (UK).
  • The project combines Indian engineering codes with Eurocodes, adhering to international standards for structural integrity.

Great Nicobar Island Development Project

  • 06 Jan 2025

In News:

An international cruise terminal to facilitate a “global” port-led city, “high-end” tourism infrastructure, and a ship-breaking yard are among the new additions to the ?72,000 crore mega-infrastructure project in Great Nicobar Island proposed by the Union Shipping Ministry.

Overview of the Project:

  • The Great Nicobar Island Development Project is a ?72,000-crore initiative to transform the southernmost island of India into a hub for defense, logistics, commerce, eco-tourism, and infrastructure development.
  • It is being implemented by the Andaman and Nicobar Islands Integrated Development Corporation Ltd (ANIIDCO) over 16,610 hectares of land.
  • The project includes multiple components like an International Container Transshipment Terminal (ICTT), an international airport, greenfield cities, a mass rapid transport system, and a free trade zone.

Key Proposed Developments:

  • International Container Transshipment Terminal (ICTT): To make Great Nicobar a key player in global maritime trade.
  • Greenfield International Airport: To improve connectivity and serve as a strategic airport.
  • Greenfield Cities: New urban settlements to support the infrastructure.
  • Coastal Mass Rapid Transport System: An advanced transportation network along the coast.
  • Free Trade Zone: To facilitate international trade activities.
  • International Cruise Terminal (new addition): To attract global tourists and facilitate cruise tourism.
  • Ship Breaking Yard (new addition): To establish a facility for ship building and breaking.

Geographical and Ecological Context:

  • Great Nicobar Island is the largest island in the Nicobar group, located at the southern tip of India. It is covered in rainforests and hosts diverse species, including endangered ones like the leatherback turtle and the Nicobar megapode.
  • The island's ecosystem is rich in biodiversity, with extensive mangroves, coral reefs, and rainforests.

Significance of the Project:

  • Geo-strategic Importance: The island’s location near the Malacca Strait offers a strategic maritime advantage, enhancing India’s global maritime presence.
  • National Security: With increasing Chinese influence in the region, the project aims to strengthen India's maritime security.
  • Economic Growth: The ICTT and other infrastructure will boost economic activities, making the region a vital trade hub.
  • Job Creation: The development will lead to numerous job opportunities for locals, especially in sectors like tourism, ports, and transport.
  • Tourism Development: With eco-tourism at its core, the project is expected to generate substantial income through tourism, improving the local economy.
  • Social Infrastructure: It will lead to improvements in healthcare, education, and digital services through initiatives like telemedicine and tele-education.

LEADS 2024 Report

  • 06 Jan 2025

In News:

  • Launch of the Logistics Ease Across Different States (LEADS) 2024 report and the Logistics Excellence, Advancement, and Performance Shield (LEAPS) 2024 awards in New Delhi.

Key Highlights:

  • Objective of LEADS 2024 Report:
    • Evaluate logistics performance across Indian states and union territories.
    • Provide actionable insights for logistics reforms to foster competitive federalism.
    • Assess logistics infrastructure, services, regulatory environment, and sustainability efforts.
  • Performance Evaluation:

Region                                Achievers                                                                              Fast Movers                                                                                         Aspirers

Coastal States                    Gujarat, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Odisha, Tamil Nadu        Andhra Pradesh, Goa                                                                             Kerala, West Bengal

Landlocked States             Haryana, Telangana, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand                Bihar, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Punjab, Rajasthan            Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand

North-Eastern States        Assam, Arunachal Pradesh                                                   Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim, Tripura                                 Manipur

Union Territories               Chandigarh, Delhi                                                               Dadra and Nagar Haveli & Daman and Diu, Jammu and Kashmir,         Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Ladakh

                                                                                                                                          Lakshadweep, Puducherry

  • Key Remarks:
    • Action Plans for Better Logistics: States should develop regional and city-level logistics plans, including for last-mile connectivity, to attract investments.
    • Green Logistics: Advocate for sustainable logistics practices to ensure environmentally responsible growth.
    • Public-Private Partnerships (PPP): Encourage PPPs to promote multi-modal hubs and streamline logistics infrastructure.
    • Technological Integration: Push for the adoption of Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, and Data Analytics to enhance efficiency in logistics operations.
    • Skill Development & Gender Inclusivity: Focus on workforce inclusivity and skill development to boost sectoral growth. Promote gender diversity in logistics.
    • LEAD Framework: Urge logistics sectors to embrace the LEAD framework (Longevity, Efficiency, Accessibility, Digitalisation) for transformation.
  • LEAD Framework and Recommendations:
    • Longevity, Efficiency, and Effectiveness: Improve long-term logistics strategies.
    • Accessibility and Accountability: Ensure better reach and transparent logistics practices.
    • Digitalisation: Enhance digital transformation across logistics processes.
  • About LEADS:
    • Full Form: Logistics Ease Across Different States.
    • Launched: 2018 by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Ministry of Commerce and Industry.
    • Purpose: To assess and improve logistics infrastructure and services across Indian states and UTs.
    • Methodology: Based on over 7,300 responses from a pan-India survey and inputs from over 750 stakeholder consultations.
  • LEAPS 2024 Awards: Recognized excellence in the logistics sector across categories such as air, rail, road, maritime freight service providers, startups, MSMEs, and educational institutions.
  • PM GatiShakti Course: Launched a 15-hour online course on “PM GatiShakti Concept for Efficient Infrastructure Planning and National Development”, hosted on iGOT Karmayogi platform and UGC SWAYAM portal.
  • Logistics Cost Framework Report: Unveiled a report on the logistics cost framework, aiming to accurately estimate logistics costs in India through a hybrid methodology, incorporating both EXIM and domestic cargo data.
  • Significance of LEADS:
    • Provides critical insights into logistics performance, helping States and UTs to improve infrastructure, services, and regulatory practices.
    • Plays a key role in India's vision of becoming a $32 trillion economy by 2047 by improving logistics efficiency, sustainability, and global competitiveness.

Centralized Pension Payments System (CPPS)

  • 04 Jan 2025

In News:

  • The CPPS aims to enhance pension accessibility and simplify the disbursement process for over 7.85 million pensioners in India.
  • Key Benefit: Pensioners can now receive their pension from any bank or branch across India, eliminating the need for physical verifications and providing seamless nationwide pension disbursement.

Key Highlights:

  • Key Features:
    • No need for physical verification: Pensioners do not have to visit the bank for verification at the time of pension commencement.
    • Seamless pension disbursement: Upon release, the pension amount is credited immediately.
    • Nationwide access: Pensioners can withdraw their pension from any bank or branch, without needing to transfer Pension Payment Orders (PPO) when relocating or changing banks.
  • Significance:
    • Eliminates the decentralised pension system, where each regional office maintained separate agreements with a few banks.
    • Ensures pension portability, especially for pensioners who move or change banks.

Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO):

  • Overview:
    • EPFO is a statutory body under the Employees' Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Act, 1952, and works under the Ministry of Labour and Employment.
  • Structure:
    • Administered by a tripartite board called the Central Board of Trustees, consisting of representatives from:
      • Government (Central & State)
      • Employers
      • Employees
    • The Central Board of Trustees is chaired by the Union Minister of Labour and Employment.
  • Key Schemes Operated by EPFO:
    • Employees’ Provident Funds Scheme, 1952 (EPF): A savings scheme for workers.
    • Employees’ Pension Scheme, 1995 (EPS): A pension scheme for employees after retirement.
    • Employees’ Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme, 1976 (EDLI): Provides life insurance coverage to workers.
  • Global Coverage: EPFO is also the nodal agency for implementing Bilateral Social Security Agreements with other countries, offering reciprocal social security benefits to international workers from countries with such agreements.
  • Impact: The EPFO schemes cover Indian workers and international workers from countries with which EPFO has signed bilateral agreements.

Key Facts:

  • CPPS improves the convenience and accessibility of pension services for millions of pensioners across India by simplifying the pension disbursement process and providing nationwide access without the need for physical verifications.
  • EPFO, a statutory body under the Ministry of Labour and Employment, plays a crucial role in managing provident funds, pensions, and insurance schemes for both domestic and international workers, fostering social security across India.

Project VISTAAR

  • 04 Jan 2025

In News:

IIT Madras has partnered with the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers’ Welfare on Project VISTAAR (Virtually Integrated System to Access Agricultural Resources). MoU signed between the Ministry and IIT Madras to integrate information about agricultural start-ups into the VISTAAR platform.

Key Highlights:

Project Objectives:

  • Digitalisation of Agricultural Extension: To enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the agricultural extension system through digital platforms.
  • Access to Start-Up Innovations: Provide farmers easy access to over 12,000 start-ups in agriculture and allied sectors, connecting them to technological solutions and innovations.
  • Support for Sustainable Agriculture: Focus on making farming more sustainable and climate-resilient by promoting adoption of innovative technologies.

Key Features of VISTAAR:

  • Integration of start-up data via IIT Madras' startup information platform and its incubatee, YNOS Venture Engine.
  • Advisory services covering:
    • Crop production
    • Marketing
    • Value addition
    • Supply chain management
  • Information on government schemes for agriculture, allied sectors, and rural development.
  • Real-time, contextual, and accurate information to enhance decision-making and improve farming practices.

Significance of the Project:

  • The platform will expand the outreach of agricultural extension services, providing support to farmers across India.
  • It will ensure farmers access high-quality advisory services that are critical for improving productivity and income.
  • Integration of start-up-driven innovations will aid in the adoption of climate-resilient farming practices.
  • Timely and accurate information will empower farmers to make informed decisions and improve the efficiency of agricultural processes.

Impact on Farmers:

  • Digitalisation will provide farmers with easier access to expert advice and resources, enhancing productivity.
  • Improved access to government schemes ensures farmers can avail themselves of financial and technical support for development.
  • The project aligns with national objectives of enhancing agriculture’s contribution to India’s economy and ensuring food security.

Ramesh Chand Panel

  • 03 Jan 2025

In News:

The Government of India has formed an 18-member panel, headed by Ramesh Chand, a member of NITI Aayog, to revise the base year of the Wholesale Price Index (WPI) to 2022-23 from the current base year of 2011-12. The panel will also work on a roadmap for transitioning from WPI to the Producer Price Index (PPI).

Key Highlights:

Role and Mandates of the Panel:

  • Revised Commodity Basket: The panel will recommend a new commodity basket for both WPI and PPI, reflecting structural changes in the economy.
  • Review of Price Collection System: The panel will evaluate the current system for price collection and propose improvements.
  • Computational Methodology: It will determine the computational methodology for both WPI and PPI to ensure accuracy in tracking price changes.
  • The panel has been tasked with submitting its final report to the Office of the Economic Adviser at the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIT) within 18 months.

Understanding WPI vs. PPI:

  • WPI (Wholesale Price Index) tracks the price of goods at the wholesale stage (i.e., goods sold in bulk to businesses), and excludes the service sector.
    • Key Characteristics of WPI:
      • Does not consider consumer-facing prices.
      • Excludes services (about 55% of GDP).
      • Can have double-counting bias due to multiple transactions before the final sale.
      • Does not account for indirect taxes and may include export/import prices.
    • Use: WPI helps in tracking bulk price movements between businesses, but doesn't fully represent consumer price inflation.
  • PPI (Producer Price Index) tracks prices at various stages of production, considering both goods and services, and measures the average change in prices received by domestic producers.
    • Key Characteristics of PPI:
      • Excludes indirect taxes (making it more accurate for price movement tracking).
      • Includes services, unlike WPI, giving a broader view of price trends across the economy.
      • More aligned with international standards (System of National Accounts).
      • Reflects prices before consumer consumption, providing a business-oriented perspective of price trends.

Why the Transition to PPI?

  • The PPI is already used by major economies like the US, China, Germany, and Japan as it provides a more comprehensive measure of inflation from a producer’s perspective.
  • It is expected to be a better indicator of inflationary trends in the overall economy, including both goods and services.

Challenges and Roadmap:

  • The switch to PPI is complex, and the panel will need to ensure that the transition does not disrupt the current data collection and reporting systems. Both WPI and PPI will run concurrently until PPI stabilizes.

Business Ready (B-READY) Report 2024

  • 02 Jan 2025

In News:

  • The B-READY report, launched by the World Bank in 2024, replaces the Ease of Doing Business (EoDB) index.
  • Focus: It evaluates the global business environment to foster inclusive private sector growth, assessing 10 core topics covering a firm's lifecycle, such as business entry, taxation, labor, and international trade.

India’s Potential Challenges

  • Business Entry: India faces multiple steps and incomplete digital integration, making it slower compared to benchmarks like Singapore, which achieves one-day registration at minimal cost.
  • Labor Regulations: While India has introduced four labor codes, the implementation remains slow and inconsistent, affecting labor flexibility and compliance.
  • International Trade: India struggles with customs delays, inconsistent enforcement, and high logistics costs, unlike countries like Germany and Singapore, which promote trade efficiently.
  • Business Location: Regulatory delays and inconsistent approvals hinder the establishment of business facilities, affecting investment decisions.
  • Public Services Gap: While regulations may be strong, there is often a gap in the provision of public services that support their effective implementation, leading to inefficiencies.

Key Strengths for India

  • India is expected to score well in the areas of Quality of Regulations, Effectiveness of Public Services, and Operational Efficiency.
  • The country shows promise in promoting digital adoption and aligning with global environmental sustainability practices, though gender-sensitive regulations need more emphasis.

Significance

  • The B-READY report serves as an essential benchmark for assessing India's business environment, offering insights into regulatory reforms and operational efficiency.
  • Key policy implications for India include the need to:
    • Streamline business operations by digitizing registration and regulatory approval processes.
    • Improve logistics and trade efficiency by reducing customs delays.
    • Address labor market inefficiencies through better implementation of labor codes.
    • Invest in public services and promote digital transformation for better compliance and operational ease.
    • Focus on sustainability and inclusivity, ensuring gender-sensitive policies and fostering green business practices.

Global Findings from the B-READY Report

  • Economies with strong regulatory frameworks and digital tools (e.g., Rwanda, Georgia) show that even countries with varying income levels can achieve high scores.
  • High-income countries like Estonia and Singapore still have room for improvement, especially in areas like taxation and dispute resolution.

Comparison of B-READY with Ease of Doing Business (EoDB)

  • Scope: B-READY is broader, covering a firm’s lifecycle and social benefits, while EoDB focused mainly on regulatory burdens.
  • Indicators: B-READY uses 1,200 indicators from expert consultations and firm-level surveys, offering more comprehensive insights compared to the EoDB's limited metrics.
  • Focus on Public Services: Unlike EoDB, which provided limited attention to public services, B-READY explicitly evaluates public service efficiency and operational effectiveness.

Policy Recommendations

  • Streamline Business Operations: Inspired by countries like Singapore, India should simplify business registration and reduce delays in customs and regulatory approvals.
  • Strengthen Public Services: Focus on improving tax portals, utility access, and dispute resolution systems through digital tools.
  • Promote Sustainability: Encourage environmentally sustainable business practices and adopt gender-sensitive regulations to ensure inclusive growth.
  • Peer Learning and Global Collaboration: Encourage India to learn from best practices in countries like Singapore and Estonia for effective reforms.
  • Tailored Reforms: India must design policies addressing unique local challenges while adhering to global standards.

Smart Cities Mission (SCM)

  • 31 Dec 2024

In News:

The introduction of smart classrooms as part of the Smart Cities Mission (SCM) has had a significant impact on education, leading to a 22% increase in enrolment across 19 cities, according to a report from the Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore (IIM-B). The study covers the period from 2015-16 to 2023-24 and highlights several key benefits of this initiative, which aims to improve the overall learning environment in government schools.

Key Findings:

  • Increased Enrolment: The introduction of smart classrooms has been linked to a 22% increase in student enrolment across 19 cities, suggesting that the initiative has made education more appealing and accessible.
  • Smart Classroom Development: By 2023-24, 71 cities had developed 9,433 smart classrooms in 2,398 government schools. The states with the most smart classrooms are:
    • Karnataka (80 classrooms)
    • Rajasthan (53 classrooms)
    • Tamil Nadu (23 classrooms)
    • Delhi (12 classrooms)
    • West Bengal has a very limited number, with just two classrooms.
  • Improved Learning Experience: Teachers have expressed positive feedback, agreeing that the smart classrooms have improved learning experiences and attendance among students. Additionally, the smart classroom setup has contributed to increased comfort for teachers and higher preference for these modern facilities.
  • Teacher Training: Special training provided to teachers has enhanced their comfort with using the smart classroom tools, with senior secondary teachers showing the highest comfort levels.
  • Digital Libraries: The study also found that 41 cities have developed Digital Libraries with 7,809 seating capacity, offering essential resources for students. Cities like Raipur (Chhattisgarh) and Tumakuru (Karnataka) have seen positive outcomes from these libraries, particularly in supporting students preparing for competitive exams.

Smart Cities Mission (SCM)

  • Launched in June 2015, the Smart Cities Mission aims to promote cities that offer core infrastructure, a decent quality of life, a sustainable environment, and the application of smart solutions. As of November 2024, 91% of the projects under the mission have been completed.

SAAR Platform and Research

  • In 2022, the Smart Cities Mission introduced the SAAR (Smart Cities and Academia towards Action and Research) platform to bridge the gap between academia and the government. Under this platform, 50 impact assessment studies have been initiated by 29 premier institutions, including six Indian Institutes of Management (IIMs), eight Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs), and 12 specialized research institutes.

World Audio Visual & Entertainment Summit (WAVES) 2025

  • 30 Dec 2024

In News:

India to Host World Audio Visual & Entertainment Summit (WAVES) 2025.

Key Highlights:

  • Purpose: The summit aims to bolster India's media and entertainment (M&E) industry, expand its global influence, and foster innovation and collaboration within the sector.
  • Significance: First-ever global summit to cover the entire media and entertainment industry spectrum.
  • Objective:
    • Foster Dialogue and Trade: WAVES aims to be a premier platform for industry leaders, stakeholders, and innovators to engage in meaningful discussions, explore opportunities, and tackle challenges in the M&E sector.
    • Promote India's M&E Industry: Attract trade and investment to India, highlighting its strengths in animation, gaming, entertainment technology, and cinema (both regional and mainstream).
  • Focus Areas:
    • Industry Advancements: Discussions will revolve around India’s progress in animation, visual effects, gaming, and cinema.
    • Global Positioning: Establish India as a global powerhouse in the M&E sector, setting new standards for creativity, innovation, and global influence.

WAVES India - Vision and Mission:

  • Vision: Position India as a Global Powerhouse: Enhance India’s standing in the dynamic M&E sector, making it a hub of creativity and innovation worldwide.
  • Mission:
    • Provide exclusive investment opportunities for global M&E leaders through WAVES.
    • Drive India’s Creative Economy through Intellectual Property (IP) Creation for both domestic and international markets.
    • Develop M&E Infrastructure: Strengthen industry infrastructure and create a skilled workforce to meet global demands.
    • Adapt to New Trends: Embrace emerging technologies and transformations in the M&E landscape.

Expected Outcomes:

  • Global Collaboration: Engage global M&E leaders in discussions that provoke ideas and facilitate collaborations.
  • Attract Investment: Promote India as a business-friendly investment destination in the M&E sector.
  • Skills and Capacity Building: Build capacity in the M&E industry and develop skilled human resources to support international needs.

Lighthouse Tourism in India

  • 27 Dec 2024

In News:

Lighthouse tourism in India is rapidly emerging as an exciting and profitable segment of the country's travel and tourism industry. India's coastline, stretching over 7,500 kilometers, is home to 204 lighthouses, many of which are being transformed into vibrant tourist destinations, celebrating both India's rich maritime history and its natural beauty.

Key Highlights:

  • Historical and Scenic Appeal: Lighthouses in India are often located in breathtaking coastal or island locations, offering panoramic sea views and access to surrounding natural beauty. Some of these structures are centuries old and are situated near significant cultural landmarks or UNESCO World Heritage Sites, adding cultural depth to the visitor experience.
  • Economic Growth: As part of the broader Maritime India Vision (MIV) 2030 and Amrit Kaal Vision 2047, the Government of India is keen to transform these historic lighthouses into hubs of economic activity. By developing infrastructure, creating new tourism-related jobs, and fostering local entrepreneurship, lighthouse tourism aims to benefit coastal communities and boost India's tourism economy. As of 2023-24, 75 lighthouses across 10 states have been equipped with modern amenities, attracting 16 lakh visitors—a 400% increase from previous years.
  • Government Initiatives:
    • Lighthouse Festivals: The annual Indian Lighthouse Festival, inaugurated in 2023, serves as a key event to promote lighthouse tourism and cultural heritage.
      • The 1st Indian Lighthouse Festival, “Bharatiya Prakash Stambh Utsav”, was inaugurated on 23rd September, 2023 by the Union Minister of Ports, Shipping & Waterways, Shri Sarbananda Sonowal and Goa Chief Minister, Shri Pramod Sawant at the historic Fort Aguada in Goa.
      • The 2nd Indian Lighthouse Festival was held in Odisha. Union Minister of Ports, Shipping & Waterways, Shri Sarbananda Sonowal, was also joined by Odisha Chief Minister, Mohan Charan Majhi. Shri Sonowal dedicated two new lighthouses at Chaumuck (Balasore) and Dhamra (Bhadrak) and emphasized empowering coastal communities to preserve and promote lighthouses as part of India’s rich maritime heritage.
    • Sagarmala Programme: This government initiative integrates infrastructure development with sustainable practices, ensuring that the growth of lighthouse tourism benefits local communities while preserving the environment.
    • Tourism Infrastructure: The government has invested ?60 crore in enhancing these sites, providing facilities like museums, parks, amphitheaters, and more to enrich the visitor experience.
  • Sustainable Development: The Indian government places a strong emphasis on eco-friendly tourism. This includes integrating lighthouses into broader coastal circuits and launching digital awareness campaigns to attract domestic and international tourists.
  • Community Empowerment and Employment: Lighthouse tourism has already created direct and indirect employment, from hospitality to transportation, local handicrafts, and artisan work, with more than 500 jobs being generated. Local communities are being trained to offer skills in hospitality and tourism services.

Future Plans:

  • Skill Development: Programs are being introduced to equip local people with the necessary skills to cater to the tourism industry.
  • Sustainable Practices: Eco-friendly practices will continue to be emphasized to protect coastal ecosystems.
  • Integration with Coastal Circuits: Lighthouses will become key points of interest in broader coastal tourism itineraries, further enhancing their appeal to tourists.

Household Consumption Expenditure Survey: 2023-24

  • 27 Dec 2024

In News:

The latest Household Consumption Expenditure Survey (HCES) for 2023-24 reveals notable trends in consumption patterns in rural and urban India, reflecting economic shifts post-pandemic.

Key Highlights:

  • Food Spending Increase: The share of food expenditure in household budgets has increased both in rural and urban areas, likely due to rising food prices.
    • Rural households allocated 47.04% of their expenditure to food in 2023-24, up from 46.38% in 2022-23.
    • Urban households spent 39.68% of their budgets on food, slightly up from 39.17% last year.
  • Narrowing Urban-Rural Gap: The gap in Monthly Per Capita Consumption Expenditure (MPCE) between rural and urban households has steadily reduced over the past decade.
    • In 2023-24, rural consumption spending was 69.7% of urban consumption, an improvement from 71.2% in 2022-23 and 83.9% in 2011-12.
  • Increased Rural Spending: Rural India has seen significant increases in spending. The average monthly spending per person in rural areas rose by 9.3% to Rs 4,122 in 2023-24, surpassing the 8.3% rise to Rs 6,996 in urban areas.
    • This suggests a growing momentum in rural consumption, which has outpaced urban consumption growth in the last year.
  • Spending Trends Across Income Groups: While the top 5% of both rural and urban populations saw a decrease in their consumption spending, every other income group, including the bottom 5%, registered an increase in spending.
    • The bottom 20% in both rural and urban areas saw the highest growth in expenditure, signaling rising economic activity among lower-income groups.
  • Non-Food Expenditure Dominates: Non-food items make up a larger share of household spending, particularly in urban areas, where they account for 60.32% of total expenditure compared to 52.96% in rural areas.
    • In rural India, major non-food expenses include medical, conveyance, and clothing, while urban households allocate more to entertainment, education, and miscellaneous goods.
  • Regional Consumption Patterns: Consumption expenditure varied significantly across states, with western and northern states like Maharashtra, Punjab, and Tamil Nadu spending more than the national average.
    • In contrast, eastern and central states, including West Bengal, Bihar, and Odisha, spent less. Sikkim reported the highest per capita expenditure in both rural (Rs 9,377) and urban (Rs 13,927) areas, while Chhattisgarh recorded the lowest.
  • Declining Consumption Inequality: The Gini coefficient, which measures consumption inequality, has declined in both rural and urban areas.
    • This reflects reduced disparity in spending, indicating a trend toward more equitable economic growth across regions.
  • Food Expenditure Trends: Food categories like beverages, processed foods, and cereals continued to see rising shares in total expenditure. The rise in spending on food items was particularly notable in rural areas for eggs, fish, and meat.

Operation Green Scheme

  • 27 Dec 2024

In News:

The government’s flagship Operation Greens scheme, designed to stabilise crop prices and benefit farmers, has spent just 34 per cent of its allocated budget for 2024-25, according to a parliamentary report, even as onion farmers in Maharashtra reel from massive losses and potato shortages grip eastern states.

Key Highlights:

Overview:

  • Launched: November 2018 under the Pradhan Mantri Kisan SAMPADA Yojana.
  • Objective: Stabilize prices and improve farmers' income by enhancing the production and marketing of perishable crops, initially focusing on Tomato, Onion, and Potato (TOP).
  • Expanded Scope (2021): Includes 22 perishable crops like mango, banana, ginger, apple, and shrimp.
  • Implemented by: Ministry of Food Processing Industries (MoFPI).
  • Funding: Managed by the National Agricultural Cooperative Marketing Federation of India (NAFED).

Key Aims:

  • Reduce price volatility in agricultural markets.
  • Minimize post-harvest losses.
  • Strengthen farm-to-market linkages.
  • Enhance farmers’ earnings by stabilizing market prices.
  • Promote value addition and food processing.

Scheme Components:

  • Short-term Interventions:
    • Subsidies on transportation (50%) and storage (50%) to protect farmers from distress sales.
    • Price stabilization during periods of surplus or shortage.
  • Long-term Interventions:
    • Development of farm-gate infrastructure like cold storage and processing facilities.
    • Strengthening production clusters and Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs).
    • Building efficient agri-logistics systems.
    • Promoting food processing and value addition capacities.

Key Features:

  • 50% subsidy on transportation and storage costs for eligible crops.
  • Projects eligible for 50% subsidy (up to ?50 crore per project), and for FPOs, a 70% subsidy.
  • Demand-driven funding based on applications, with no fixed crop or state-wise allocation.

Key Findings from Parliamentary Standing Committee (PSC) Report (2024):

  • Underutilisation of Budget: Only 34% (?59.44 crore) of the allocated ?173.40 crore for 2024-25 spent by October 2024, leaving 65.73% unspent.
  • Slow Implementation: Out of 10 targeted projects, only 3 were completed by October 2024.
  • Limited Impact on Price Stabilization:
    • Onion prices fell by nearly 50% in Maharashtra, despite the scheme's intent to stabilize prices.
    • Potato shortages in states like Odisha and Jharkhand due to weather-induced production dips in West Bengal.
  • Inconsistent Policies: Export bans and fluctuating export duties caused frustration among onion farmers, undermining the scheme’s effectiveness in ensuring fair prices.

Impact on Farmers:

  • Price Stabilization: Despite the scheme’s aims, price fluctuations continue to affect farmers, especially in Maharashtra with the onion price crash.
  • Post-Harvest Losses: The scheme aims to reduce wastage by building infrastructure like cold storage, but challenges remain in implementation.
  • Market Linkages: Attempts to connect farmers and FPOs with retail markets have not yet yielded significant results.

Operational Challenges:

  • The scheme faces challenges in fulfilling its dual mandate of ensuring fair prices for farmers while keeping consumer prices affordable.
  • The slow utilization of funds and incomplete infrastructure projects raise concerns about the effectiveness of the program.
  • Inconsistent policy decisions, like the export ban and imposition of export duties, have contributed to farmer discontent.

Dr. Pushpak Bhattacharyya Committee

  • 27 Dec 2024

In News:

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has set up an eight-member committee to create a framework for the responsible and ethical use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in the financial sector.
  • The committee is chaired by Dr. Pushpak Bhattacharyya, Professor in the Department of Computer Science and Engineering at IIT Bombay.

Key Highlights:

Committee's Objective:

  • The primary goal is to develop a Framework for Responsible and Ethical Enablement of AI (FREE-AI) in the financial sector.
  • It will guide the ethical adoption of AI in financial services to enhance operational efficiency, decision-making, and risk management.

Scope of the Committee's Work:

  • Assess the current global and domestic adoption of AI in financial services.
  • Identify potential risks and challenges associated with the integration of AI in the sector.
  • Recommend a framework for evaluating, mitigating, and monitoring AI-related risks.
  • Propose compliance requirements for various financial entities (e.g., banks, NBFCs, fintech firms).
  • Suggest a governance framework for ethical AI usage.

Key Benefits of AI in Financial Services:

  • Operational Efficiency: AI can automate repetitive tasks, process large datasets, and enhance accuracy (e.g., loan application processing).
  • Enhanced Decision-Making: Predictive analytics in AI help forecast market trends, aiding in better financial decision-making (e.g., algorithmic trading).
  • Customer Relationship Management: AI-powered chatbots and virtual assistants enhance customer interaction, offering 24/7 support.
  • Improved Risk Management: AI enables proactive fraud detection, improving security and preventing financial losses.

Concerns Associated with AI in Finance:

  • Embedded Bias: AI models can replicate biases present in training data, leading to discriminatory outcomes and financial exclusion.
  • Data Privacy and Security: The use of AI poses risks to personal data security, with potential violations of privacy regulations.
  • Operational Challenges: AI systems may exhibit inconsistent responses, leading to challenges in trust and effectiveness.
  • Cybersecurity Risks: Increased use of AI can heighten vulnerability to cyber-attacks and exploitation.

RBI's Role & Governance:

  • The RBI aims to ensure that AI adoption in the financial sector is ethical, transparent, and aligned with global best practices.
  • The committee's recommendations will influence policies to prevent misuse and safeguard consumer interests.

Rupee and Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER)

  • 27 Dec 2024

In News:

The real effective exchange rate (REER) index of the rupee touched a record 108.14 in November, strengthening by 4.5 per cent during this calendar year, according to the latest Reserve Bank of India (RBI) data.

Key Highlights:

  • Record REER Index:
  • The Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) of the rupee reached an all-time high of 108.14 in November 2024.
  • This marks a 4.5% appreciation in REER during the calendar year 2024, according to RBI data.
  • What is REER?
  • REER is a weighted average of a country’s currency value against the currencies of its major trading partners, adjusted for inflation differentials.
  • It considers 40 currencies accounting for about 88% of India's trade.
  • REER Calculation:
  • Nominal Exchange Rates: The exchange rate between the rupee and each partner's currency.
  • Inflation Differentials: Adjusts for inflation differences between India and its trading partners.
  • Trade Weights: Based on the trade share with each partner.
  • Recent Trends in REER:
  • In 2023, REER dropped from 105.32 in January to 99.03 in April.
  • It has since been on an appreciating trend, reaching 107.20 in October and 108.14 in November 2024.
  • Dollar Strengthening Impact:
  • Despite the rupee weakening against the US dollar (from 83.67 to 85.19 between September and December 2024), it has appreciated against the euro, British pound, and Japanese yen.
  • The dollar's strengthening was fueled by global economic factors, including inflation expectations in the US and high bond yields, which led to capital outflows from other countries, including India.
  • Impact on Exports and Imports:
  • Overvaluation: A REER above 100 signals overvaluation, which can harm export competitiveness (exports become costlier) while making imports cheaper.
  • Undervaluation: A REER below 100 indicates a currency is undervalued, boosting exports but increasing the cost of imports.
  • India's Inflation and REER:
  • India's higher inflation relative to trading partners is a key factor behind the rupee’s rising REER, despite its depreciation against major currencies.
  • This suggests the rupee is overvalued, which could explain why the RBI may allow the rupee to depreciate further against the dollar.
  • Global Context:
  • The strengthening of the US dollar, influenced by factors such as tariff policies under the Trump administration and tighter US monetary policies, plays a significant role in the depreciation of the rupee against the dollar.
  • This dynamic affects India's trade balance, with potential consequences for export growth.
  • Implications for India’s Economy:
  • Overvalued currency (as indicated by REER above 100) can lead to a trade deficit, as imports become cheaper and exports less competitive.
  • A weaker rupee, particularly against the dollar, could boost Indian exports but raise the cost of imports.

Strengthening Fisheries Extension Services

  • 26 Dec 2024

In News:

India possesses diverse fisheries resources that provide livelihood opportunities to approximately three crore fishers and fish farmers. The country has witnessed an 83% increase in the national fish production since 2013-14, that stands at a record 175 lakh tons in 2022-23.

Importance of Fisheries Extension Services:

  • Livelihood Support: Fisheries provide livelihoods to over 3 crore fishers and fish farmers in India. The sector's growth is crucial for enhancing sustainable practices and ensuring long-term productivity.
  • Growth in Fish Production: India’s fish production has seen an 83% increase since 2013-14, reaching 175 lakh tons in 2022-23, with 75% of production coming from inland fisheries. India is the second-largest fish and aquaculture producer globally.
  • Role of Extension Services: Extension services bridge the gap between scientific advancements and fishers, offering guidance on:
    • Species lifecycle management
    • Water quality management
    • Disease control
    • Sustainable rearing technologies and business models.

Government Initiatives to Strengthen Fisheries Extension:

  • Matsya Seva Kendras (MSKs):
    • Launched under PMMSY (Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana) in 2020, MSKs are one-stop centers providing comprehensive extension services.
    • Support to Fish Farmers: MSKs offer:
      • Disease testing, water, and soil analysis.
      • Training on sustainable aquaculture practices.
      • Technology infusion in seed/feed management.
    • Focus on Inclusivity: Government assistance (up to 60%) is available for women and marginalized communities to set up MSKs.
    • Examples:
      • Thrissur, Kerala: Equipped with labs for water and microbial analysis.
      • Maharashtra (Nasik and Sangli): Capacity-building efforts on seed/feed inputs.
    • Collaborations: MSKs mobilize start-ups, cooperatives, and Fish Farmer Producer Organizations (FFPOs) to share best practices, including regenerative and conservation management in the face of climate change.
  • Sagar Mitras:
    • Role: Deployed in coastal states and union territories, Sagar Mitras act as a vital interface between the government and marine fishers.
    • Functions:
      • Collection and dissemination of daily marine catch data, price fluctuations, and market insights.
      • Dissemination of important information: weather forecasts, fishing zones, local regulations, and hygienic fish handling.
      • Provide support on disaster preparedness and natural calamities.

Enhancing Extension Services through Digital Platforms:

  • AquaBazaar: A virtual learning platform initiated by the National Fisheries Development Board to provide expert guidance on:
    • Seed production and breeding of commercially important fish species.
    • Practical demonstrations to improve fishers' knowledge.
  • Digital Outreach: Expanding such platforms will improve access to resources for fishers, especially in rural and remote areas.

Institutional Convergence and Capacity Building:

  • Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs): Fisheries extension services should be integrated with the over 700 Krishi Vigyan Kendras and state-level agricultural extension services for effective outreach.
  • Formalizing the Sector: The World Bank-assisted project aims to create work-based digital identities for fishers and fish farmers, enhancing their access to extension services, training, and awareness programs.

Challenges in Fisheries Extension Services:

  • Fragmented Initiatives: Multiple government schemes and programs lack institutional convergence, leading to inefficiencies in reaching the grassroots level.
  • Digital Divide: Many rural and coastal areas face challenges in terms of digital literacy and internet connectivity, limiting the effectiveness of online platforms.
  • Impact of Climate Change: Unpredictable weather patterns and resource depletion due to overfishing demand adaptive strategies and the promotion of climate-resilient practices.

Conclusion and Way Forward:

  • Institutional Convergence: Combining existing extension machinery like Krishi Vigyan Kendras with fisheries extension services to leverage established networks and knowledge.
  • Expand Digital Outreach: Platforms like AquaBazaar should be expanded to ensure wider access to expert knowledge, training, and best practices.
  • Private Sector Collaboration: Encouraging public-private partnerships can enhance technology dissemination, capacity building, and resource mobilization in the fisheries sector.
  • Focus on Sustainability: Developing climate-resilient and sustainable fisheries practices will be essential to address challenges posed by environmental changes and overfishing.

Private Aviation and Emissions

  • 26 Dec 2024

In News:

Private aviation is releasing more than its ‘fair share’ of emissions.

Key Highlights:

  • Aviation Sector's Global Emissions:
    • The aviation sector contributed 2% of global CO2 emissions in 2022, around 800 Mt CO2 (International Energy Agency).
    • If considered as a nation, aviation would rank among the top 10 emitters worldwide.
    • Emissions from aviation have grown faster than other sectors like rail, road, or shipping in recent decades.
  • Private Aviation and Its Impact:
    • Private jets emit 5 to 14 times more CO2 per passenger than commercial flights and 50 times more than trains.
    • Emissions from private aviation increased by 46% between 2019 and 2023.
    • Each private flight contributes 3.6 tonnes of CO2 on average, intensifying global warming.
    • Private aviation is responsible for significant nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions and the creation of vapor trails, which further amplify environmental damage.

Trends in Private Aviation Growth:

  • Global Trends:
    • The number of private jets increased from 25,993 in December 2023 to 26,454 in February 2024.
    • In the U.S., 69% of private aviation activity is concentrated.
    • 8,500 more jets are expected to be delivered in the next 10 years globally.
  • Private Aviation in India:
    • 112 private planes were registered in India as of March 2024, placing it among the top 20 countries for private aircraft ownership.
    • India's private aviation sector is expanding, driven by the growing billionaire and millionaire population.
    • Private aircraft ownership in India stands at 1 per 1 lakh population, which is low compared to countries like Malta (46.51 per lakh) and the U.S. (5.45 per lakh).

Emission Reduction Efforts and Solutions:

  • Sustainable Aviation Fuels (SAFs):
    • SAFs are bio-based or waste-derived fuels that can reduce carbon emissions by up to 80% compared to conventional jet fuels.
    • Airlines like SpiceJet (2018) and AirAsia (2023) have tested SAFs, but large-scale adoption is hindered by high costs and limited production.
    • India aims to leverage its ethanol production chain, with potential to meet 15-20% of aviation fuel demand by 2050 if only surplus sugar is used.
  • Hydrogen and Electric Aviation:
    • Hydrogen offers a higher energy density than kerosene and emits only water vapor, making it a clean fuel alternative. However, hydrogen faces challenges with storage, infrastructure, and aircraft redesign.
    • Battery-electric propulsion offers zero emissions but is currently limited by battery weight, energy density, and charging infrastructure.

India’s Policy and Initiatives:

  • Government Initiatives:
    • UDAN Scheme (Ude Desh ka Aam Nagrik) aims to enhance rural connectivity.
    • NABH (Nextgen Airports for Bharat Nirman) seeks to increase airport capacity by five times.
  • Sustainability Efforts:
    • Indian airlines have tested SAFs, such as a 25% jatropha oil blend by SpiceJet in 2018.
    • Ethanol for aviation fuel: India plans to use surplus sugar for ethanol, potentially fulfilling 15-20% of aviation fuel needs by 2050.
  • Challenges to Decarbonisation:
    • SAFs are costly and limited in availability.
    • Hydrogen requires extensive infrastructure and aircraft redesign.
    • Battery-electric solutions are currently unsuitable for long-haul flights due to energy limitations.

RBI's Report on State Finances (2024-25)

  • 23 Dec 2024

In News:

The Reserve Bank of India's (RBI) report titled "State Finances – A Study of Budgets of 2024-25" provides a comprehensive analysis of the fiscal position of Indian states.

Key Highlights

  • States' Performance Post-Pandemic
  • Improved Tax Revenue: The average tax buoyancy has increased significantly from 0.86 (2013-2020) to 1.4 (2021-2025), reflecting enhanced tax collection efficiency.
  • Capital Expenditure: There is a consistent rise in capital expenditure, which increased from 2.4% of GDP in 2021-22 to 2.8% in 2023-24 and is budgeted at 3.1% in 2024-25. This indicates a growing focus on investment in infrastructure like highways and bridges.
  • Fiscal Discipline and Debt Levels
  • Gross Fiscal Deficit (GFD): The gross fiscal deficit is projected at 3.2% of GDP in 2024-25, a slight increase from 2.9% in 2023-24.
  • Debt-to-GDP Ratio: While states' debt-to-GDP ratio decreased from 31.0% in March 2021 to 28.5% in March 2024, it remains higher than the pre-pandemic level of 25.3% in 2019.
  • Increased Borrowing and Debt Pressure
  • Market Borrowings: States' reliance on market borrowings has increased, accounting for 79% of the GFD in FY25. Gross market borrowings surged by 32.8%, totaling Rs 10.07 trillion in FY23-24.
  • Electricity Distribution Companies (DISCOMs): Continued losses in DISCOMs, accumulating Rs 6.5 lakh crore by 2022-23 (2.4% of India's GDP), continue to strain state finances.
  • Rising Subsidy Burden
  • Many states are offering subsidies and loan waivers, such as farm loan waivers and free services (electricity, transport, etc.), which risk diverting funds away from critical infrastructure projects. This includes significant subsidies for income transfers to farmers, women, and youth.
  • Fiscal Transparency Concerns
  • Revenue Generation Issues: Revenue growth from non-tax sources and central grants is slowing. The pace of State Goods and Services Tax (SGST) growth has also slowed down, which impacts overall state revenues.
  • Lack of Fiscal Transparency: Inadequate reporting of off-budget liabilities obfuscates the true fiscal position, leading to a lack of clarity and accountability in state finances.

Recommendations by the RBI

  • Debt Consolidation: States are encouraged to create clear and transparent debt reduction paths, with consistent reporting of off-budget liabilities to improve fiscal accountability.
  • Expenditure Efficiency: Focus on outcome-based budgeting, ensuring funds are directed towards productive and sustainable investments, particularly in climate-sensitive areas.
  • Subsidy Rationalization: States should contain and optimize subsidies to ensure they don't overshadow essential growth-promoting expenditure.
  • Efficient Borrowings: Reduce over-reliance on market borrowings to control fiscal deficits and minimize financial risks.
  • Revenue Generation: Improve collection mechanisms for SGST, strengthen non-tax revenue sources, and increase grants to reduce dependence on borrowings.

Balancing Subsidies and Fiscal Discipline

  • Importance of Subsidies: Welfare programs like subsidies for healthcare, food security (e.g., Public Distribution System), and LPG connections (e.g., Pradhan Mantri Ujjwala Yojana) play a crucial role in human development and economic equality by supporting vulnerable populations.
  • Importance of Fiscal Discipline: Excessive welfare spending without corresponding revenue generation can lead to high deficits and public debt, threatening long-term fiscal stability. Maintaining fiscal discipline ensures sustainable public finances, promotes investor confidence, and supports economic growth.

Green fixed deposits

  • 23 Dec 2024

In News:

Green fixed deposits (FDs) are a type of investment scheme offered by banks and financial companies, aimed at environmentally-conscious investors. They function similarly to traditional fixed deposits, where funds are locked in with a bank for a fixed tenure. The primary distinction between green and regular deposits lies in the allocation of funds. While regular deposits are pooled into a common fund, the funds from green deposits are exclusively allocated to projects that promote environmental sustainability.

Key Features of Green Fixed Deposits:

  • Investment Purpose: The funds raised through green FDs are directed towards environmentally beneficial projects, such as renewable energy initiatives (solar and wind power), clean technology, organic farming, and energy-efficient infrastructure.
  • Eligibility: Green deposits are available to various entities, including individuals, Hindu Undivided Families (HUFs), societies, clubs, non-profit organizations, and sole proprietorships.
  • Interest Rates: The interest rates on green deposits may or may not differ from regular deposits, depending on the policies set by the lending institution. Some banks and financial institutions, like IndusInd Bank, Federal Bank, DBS Bank India, and HDFC Ltd., offer green deposits, with Bank of Baroda recently launching the BOB Earth Green Term Deposit with an interest rate of up to 7.15% per annum.
  • Safety: Like regular fixed deposits, green deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC) under the provisions of the DICGC Act, 1961, ensuring the safety of the investment.
  • Overdraft Facility: Banks may offer overdraft facilities against green deposits, providing more flexibility to investors.
  • Premature Withdrawal: If the investor chooses to withdraw the deposit before the agreed tenure (after six months), the green FD will be converted into a regular fixed deposit.
  • Denomination: Green deposits are denominated in Indian Rupees only.

 

National Farmers' Day

  • 23 Dec 2024

In News:

National Farmers' Day, also known as Kisan Diwas, is celebrated annually on December 23rd to honor the vital contributions of Indian farmers and commemorate the birth anniversary of Chaudhary Charan Singh, India's fifth Prime Minister. A passionate advocate for rural development and farmers' welfare, Charan Singh's policies laid the foundation for several reforms aimed at uplifting the agrarian economy. His contributions continue to inspire government initiatives that prioritize the welfare of farmers, fostering sustainable agricultural growth and ensuring food security for the nation.

The Legacy of Chaudhary Charan Singh

Chaudhary Charan Singh was born on December 23, 1902, in Noorpur, Uttar Pradesh. His deep understanding of rural issues and commitment to improving farmers’ lives earned him the title of "Kisan Leader". Throughout his political career, he championed reforms such as the Debt Redemption Bill (1939), which alleviated the financial burdens of farmers, and the Land Holding Act (1960), which promoted fair distribution of agricultural land. He also advocated for Minimum Support Price (MSP), and his policies laid the groundwork for NABARD and other farmer-centric institutions.

Significance of Kisan Diwas

Kisan Diwas highlights the importance of agriculture in India’s economy and employment, with farmers constituting nearly 50% of the workforce. The day emphasizes the need for policies that address farmers' challenges such as climate change, financial constraints, and technological adoption. It also serves as a reminder of the necessity to empower farmers through innovative solutions, financial security, and sustainable farming practices.

Key Government Initiatives for Farmer Welfare

The Indian government has launched several schemes to address the challenges faced by farmers and support their socio-economic upliftment:

  • Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-KISAN): Provides direct income support to small and marginal farmers.
  • Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY): Offers crop insurance to mitigate financial risks due to crop loss.
  • Pradhan Mantri Kisan Maandhan Yojana (PM-KMY): A pension scheme for farmers to ensure long-term social security.
  • Soil Health Card Scheme: Promotes efficient fertilizer use and soil health by providing farmers with personalized soil health reports.
  • Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs): These entities help farmers collectively access markets, reduce costs, and improve bargaining power.
  • Modified Interest Subvention Scheme (MISS): Provides affordable credit to farmers, especially for agriculture-related activities.
  • Kisan Credit Card (KCC): Helps farmers access timely credit for agricultural purposes at concessional rates.

 

Significant Budget Allocations and New Schemes

The government has drastically increased its budget allocation to the agriculture sector. From Rs. 21,933.50 crore in 2013-14, the budget has risen to Rs. 1,22,528.77 crore for 2024-25, underlining the government's commitment to farmer welfare and sustainable agricultural development.

Notable Initiatives:

  1. Namo Drone Didi Scheme: This initiative, aimed at empowering Women Self-Help Groups (SHGs), supports the use of drones for agricultural purposes, including fertilizer and pesticide application, with 80% financial assistance.
  2. Clean Plant Programme (CPP): Enhances the quality and productivity of horticulture crops by ensuring disease-free planting material.
  3. Digital Agriculture Mission: Aims to modernize farming with digital infrastructure, including crop estimation surveys and e-agriculture platforms.
  4. National Mission on Natural Farming (NMNF): Encourages chemical-free, sustainable farming practices.

Farmers' Role in Nation-Building

India’s agricultural sector not only sustains the livelihoods of millions but also contributes significantly to the country's GDP. In FY 2023-24, agriculture contributed 17.7% to the Gross Value Added (GVA). With over 54% of the country's land dedicated to agriculture, farmers are critical to food security and rural development.

In 2023-24, India achieved a record foodgrain production of 332.2 million tonnes, illustrating the resilience of Indian farmers in ensuring food availability despite challenges like climate change.

SAMARTH UDYOG BHARAT 4.0 INITIATIVE

  • 22 Dec 2024

In News:

The SAMARTH Udyog Bharat 4.0 initiative, launched by the Ministry of Heavy Industries (MHI), aims to enhance the competitiveness of the Indian capital goods sector by promoting the adoption of Industry 4.0 technologies. This initiative is part of the Scheme for Enhancement of Competitiveness in the Indian Capital Goods Sector.

Key Features of SAMARTH Udyog Bharat 4.0 Initiative

  • Establishment of Smart Manufacturing Hubs: Under this initiative, four Smart Advanced Manufacturing and Rapid Transformation Hub (SAMARTH) Centres have been set up across India:
    • Centre for Industry 4.0 (C4i4) Lab, Pune
    • IITD-AIA Foundation for Smart Manufacturing, IIT Delhi
    • I-4.0 India @ IISc, Bengaluru
    • Smart Manufacturing Demo & Development Cell, CMTI, Bengaluru
  • Cluster Industry 4.0 Experience Centres: In addition to the above centres, 10 cluster Industry 4.0 experience centres have been approved. These will be established under a Hub and Spoke model, managed by the C4i4 Lab in Pune, and spread across India.
  • Key Achievements:
    • Model Factories: Development of an Industry 4.0 enabled Model Factory at C4i4, Pune, and a smart production-based factory at CMTI Bengaluru.
    • Industry 4.0 Solutions: More than 50 use-cases for Industry 4.0 solutions were compiled to support implementation.
    • Maturity Assessment Tool: Creation of the Industry 4.0 Maturity Model (I4MM), specifically designed to assess the readiness of Indian manufacturing companies for Industry 4.0.
    • Online Assessment Tool: Launch of a free online assessment tool by C4i4 Lab, Pune, to help MSMEs evaluate their maturity in adopting Industry 4.0 technologies.
  • Training and Awareness:
    • Workshops and Seminars: Regular awareness seminars, workshops, and knowledge-sharing events are organized to educate industries about Industry 4.0.
    • Workforce Training: The SAMARTH Centres have trained over 5000 professionals on smart manufacturing and Industry 4.0 technologies.
    • Consultancy Services: The centres offer consultancy in areas such as IoT hardware, software development, and data analytics, along with incubation support for start-ups and MSMEs.
  • Impact on MSMEs:
    • Digital Maturity Assessments: Over 100 digital maturity assessments have been completed for the auto industry, and more than 500 improvement initiatives have been identified.
    • Training and Capacity Building: Over 500 digital champions have been trained on Industry 4.0 technologies.
  • Focus on MSMEs: While no direct financial assistance is provided to industries, including MSMEs, under this initiative, the SAMARTH Centres play a key role in helping them adopt Industry 4.0 technologies and build their capabilities.

Key Takeaways:

  • The SAMARTH Udyog Bharat 4.0 initiative seeks to increase the global competitiveness of India's capital goods and manufacturing sectors.
  • It leverages Industry 4.0 technologies such as IoT, automation, data analytics, and AI to modernize manufacturing processes.
  • The initiative involves setting up 4 major Smart Manufacturing Hubs and 10 regional experience centres across the country to facilitate awareness, training, and adoption of Industry 4.0 among manufacturers, especially MSMEs.
  • While it does not provide financial aid, it helps industries improve their digital maturity, trains workforce, and guides them through consultancy and workshops.

New Undersea Cables to Boost India’s Digital Connectivity

  • 21 Dec 2024

In News:

India is expanding its digital infrastructure with the launch of two major undersea cable systems aimed at enhancing its Internet connectivity with Asia and Europe. The India Asia Xpress (IAX) and India Europe Xpress (IEX) are set to provide additional data links between India and these regions, supporting the growing demand for data usage. This also marks India’s increasing involvement in submarine cable resilience and security discussions.

Key Points:

  • New Cable Systems:
    • India Asia Xpress (IAX): Connects Chennai and Mumbai with Singapore, Thailand, and Malaysia.
    • India Europe Xpress (IEX): Connects Chennai and Mumbai with France, Greece, Saudi Arabia, Egypt, and Djibouti.
  • Total Length: Both cables, together spanning over 15,000 kilometers, will expand India’s undersea cable network.
  • Ownership and Investment:
    • Both cable systems are owned by Reliance Jio, with a strategic investment from China Mobile.
  • Geopolitical Impact:
    • These expansions are a response to growing Internet traffic, as well as India's rising geopolitical ambitions. They help bolster India’s defense strategy, improving cable resilience against disruptions from cyberattacks or physical damages.
    • India’s active role in maritime cable network security is being closely watched, especially in key regions like the Bay of Bengal and the South China Sea.
  • Past Cable Disruptions:
    • In March, three cables connecting India to West Asia and Europe were disrupted, impacting Internet traffic. However, India’s alternate routing systems and data centers ensured services remained operational, highlighting the country’s resilience.
  • International Role:
    • India’s role in submarine cable resilience is growing. Telecom Secretary Neeraj Mittal is part of the International Advisory Body for Submarine Cable Resilience, established by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU).

Impact on India’s Connectivity:

  • Bangladesh's Role:
    • Plans to sell bandwidth from Bangladesh to Northeast India were recently put on hold. However, this does not significantly impact India as Northeast India already benefits from substantial fiber-optic connectivity through Power Grid Corporation of India’s transmission lines.

About Underwater Cables:

  • What Are Undersea Cables?
    • Undersea cables are fiber-optic cables laid under the ocean to transmit data across vast distances at high speeds.
  • New Cable Systems:
    • IAX: Connects India to Asia (Singapore, Thailand, Malaysia).
    • IEX: Connects India to Europe (France, Greece, Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Djibouti).
  • How They Work:
    • Fiber-optic technology uses laser beams through thin glass fibers to transmit data.
    • The cables are protected by multiple layers of insulation, plastic, and steel wires and are buried near shores or laid directly on the ocean floor in deep sea regions.
  • Cable Features:
    • Data Capacity: New cables can carry up to 224 Tbps (Terabits per second).
    • Durability: Designed to avoid damage from fault zones, fishing areas, or anchors.
    • Speed: Faster and more cost-efficient than satellite communications for large-scale data transfer.

Why Undersea Cables Over Satellites?

  • Higher Capacity: Submarine cables handle far more data than satellites.
  • Cost-Effective: More affordable for high-volume data transfers.
  • Reliability: Cables provide more stable connections, especially for large-scale data, compared to satellites.

Strengthening Multimodal and Integrated Logistics Ecosystem (SMILE) program

  • 21 Dec 2024

On December 20, 2024, the Government of India and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) signed a $350 million policy-based loan aimed at expanding India's manufacturing sector and improving the resilience of its supply chains. This loan is part of the Strengthening Multimodal and Integrated Logistics Ecosystem (SMILE) program.

Key Points:

  • Loan Agreement Signatories:
    • Department of Economic Affairs (DEA), Ministry of Finance, Government of India
    • Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Ministry of Commerce and Industry
    • Asian Development Bank (ADB)
  • SMILE Program:
    • Goal: Strengthen the logistics ecosystem to enhance India's manufacturing sector and improve supply chain resilience.
    • Structure: The program includes two subprograms focusing on strategic reforms in logistics and infrastructure development.
  • Key Features of the SMILE Program:
    • Strengthening Multimodal Infrastructure: Enhances logistics infrastructure at the national, state, and city levels.
    • Standardization: Improves warehousing and other logistics assets to attract private sector investment.
    • External Trade Logistics: Enhances efficiencies in external trade logistics.
    • Smart Systems: Adopts systems for efficient, low-emission logistics to promote sustainability.
  • Expected Outcomes:
    • Cost Reduction & Efficiency: Strategic reforms will reduce logistics costs and improve efficiency.
    • Job Creation: Infrastructure development and reforms are expected to generate substantial employment opportunities.
    • Gender Inclusion: The program promotes gender inclusion through economic growth initiatives.
  • Impact on India’s Economy:
    • The transformation of India’s logistics sector will enhance the competitiveness of the manufacturing sector and drive sustainable economic growth.

About the Asian Development Bank (ADB):

  • Headquarters: Mandaluyong, Metro Manila, Philippines.
  • Established: December 19, 1966.
  • Members: 69 countries, including both regional (e.g., India, China) and non-regional (e.g., USA, Japan) members.
  • Function: ADB promotes social and economic development in Asia and the Pacific, providing loans, grants, and technical assistance for development projects.
  • Key Shareholders:
    • Japan: 15.57%
    • USA: 15.57%
    • India: 6.32%
    • China: 6.43%
    • Australia: 5.77%

Specialised Investment Fund (SIF)

  • 20 Dec 2024

In News:

SEBI has introduced a new asset class called Specialised Investment Fund (SIF), designed to bridge the gap between Mutual Funds (MFs) and Portfolio Management Services (PMS). This new asset class is targeted at informed investors who are willing to take on higher risks.

SIFs offer a blend of the flexibility seen in PMS and the regulatory framework governing MFs, making them suitable for investors seeking more customized and riskier investment strategies.

Key Features of SIF:

  • Minimum Investment: The minimum investment threshold for SIFs is Rs. 10 lakh. However, accredited investors (who meet specific eligibility criteria) can invest with lower amounts.
  • Expense Structure: SIFs will follow the same expense structure as mutual funds. For equity schemes up to Rs 500 crore in size, the maximum allowable fee is 2.25% of assets under management (AUM), with the cap decreasing as the fund size grows. This ensures transparency and keeps management fees in line with existing mutual fund norms.
  • Investment Strategies: SIFs can offer a mix of open-ended, close-ended, and interval investment strategies. Specific details on permissible strategies will be released by SEBI in the future.
  • Investment Restrictions:
    • For debt instruments, a single issuer's exposure is capped at 20% of the total AUM. However, this can be raised to 25% with approval from the Asset Management Company (AMC)’s trustees and board of directors. Government securities are exempt from this limit.
    • For equities, the exposure is capped at 10% of the total AUM, in line with the norms for mutual funds.
    • Ownership in Companies: The maximum permissible ownership in any company is raised to 15%, including the MF exposure.
  • REITs and InvITs: SIFs can invest a maximum of 20% of their AUM in Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs). However, the exposure to a single issuer in these areas is limited to 10%.
  • Branding and Marketing: SEBI mandates AMCs to distinguish SIFs clearly from MFs through distinct branding, advertising, and website presence. This helps in creating a clear differentiation between the two products for investors.
  • Risk Management and Compliance: AMCs managing SIFs are required to have robust risk management systems, internal control systems, and expertise to handle the investments effectively. Trustees are responsible for ensuring that the AMC complies with all risk management, investor protection, and disclosure norms.

Regulatory Context:

  • The regulations on SIFs are similar to those governing mutual funds, including taxation and other compliance requirements.
  • SEBI also introduced the Mutual Fund Lite regulations to encourage the growth of passively managed funds, such as exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and index funds. These regulations are designed to reduce compliance burdens and lower the barriers to entry for new players in the mutual fund industry.

Significance of SIFs:

  • Targeted Audience: SIFs cater to investors who are knowledgeable and willing to take on riskier investments, thereby filling a gap between traditional MFs (which are more conservative) and PMS (which offer highly customized solutions).
  • Higher Flexibility: While SIFs maintain some regulations of MFs, they offer more flexibility in investment choices, allowing AMCs to explore more dynamic strategies.
  • Investor Protection: By maintaining the same expense structure as mutual funds and ensuring compliance with regulatory frameworks, SEBI aims to protect investor interests while allowing for higher returns that come with riskier investments.

Kisan Kavach

  • 18 Dec 2024

In News:

Scientists develop ‘kisan kavach’ to shield farmers from pesticide sprays.

Key Highlights:

  • Purpose: The Kisan Kavach is designed to shield farm labourers from harmful pesticide exposure. Pesticides, often neurotoxins, can be detrimental to health, causing symptoms like dizziness, headaches, vomiting, and even death with high exposure.
  • Development:
    • Developed by Biotechnology Research and Innovation Council (BRIC-inStem), Bangalore, in collaboration with Sepio Health Pvt. Ltd.
    • Launched by Union Minister of State for Science and Technology.
  • Fabric Technology:
    • The suit uses oxime fabric, which chemically breaks down common pesticides on contact, preventing them from penetrating the skin.
    • Mechanism: The fabric works through nucleophilic mediated hydrolysis, deactivating pesticides upon contact and preventing pesticide-induced toxicity and lethality.
  • Components of the Kit:
    • Consists of a trouser, pullover, and face-cover.
    • Washable and reusable: The suit retains its protective properties even after 150 washes, in a wide temperature range, and under UV light exposure.
  • Affordability:
    • Priced at ?4,000 per kit, with efforts underway to reduce costs through increased production.
  • Field Testing and Efficacy:
    • Animal studies: Rodent tests showed that animals exposed to pesticides and covered with ordinary cotton cloth died within four days, while those with the activated fabric remained safe.
    • Human trials are still pending.
  • Health Implications:
    • Pesticides are linked to chronic health issues, including cancer, as per studies by the National Institute of Nutrition (Indian Council of Medical Research).
  • Global Context:
    • In 2020, India used 61,000 tonnes of pesticides, despite producing much more (2,58,130 tonnes in 2022-2023).
    • Pesticide-related health issues are a major concern, with 60% of India’s adult workforce engaged in agriculture.
  • Impact:
    • The suit aims to protect farm labourers from pesticide exposure and promote sustainable agriculture.
    • It could help reduce health complications and improve working conditions for farmers, who often lack proper protective gear.
  • Future Plans:
    • Awareness campaigns will be conducted to inform farmers about this protective technology.
    • Efforts are underway to make the kit more affordable as demand increases.

Credit Guarantee Scheme for e-NWR based Pledge Financing (CGS-NPF)

  • 17 Dec 2024

In News:

The Credit Guarantee Scheme for e-NWR based Pledge Financing (CGS-NPF), launched by Union Minister Pralhad Joshi aims to support farmers by facilitating post-harvest finance using electronic negotiable warehouse receipts (e-NWRs). This initiative is part of the government’s efforts to minimize distress selling and ensure financial security for farmers, particularly small and marginalized ones.

Key Features of the Scheme:

  • Total Corpus: ?1,000 crore for post-harvest finance.
  • Loan Coverage:
    • Agricultural purposes: Loans up to ?75 lakh.
    • Non-agricultural purposes: Loans up to ?200 lakh.
  • Eligible Borrowers: Small and marginal farmers, women, SC/ST/PwD farmers, MSMEs, traders, Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs), and farmer cooperatives.
  • Eligible Institutions: All scheduled and cooperative banks.
  • Guarantee Coverage:
    • Small and marginal farmers/Women/SC/ST/PwD: 85% for loans up to ?3 lakh, and 80% for loans between ?3 lakh to ?75 lakh.
    • Other borrowers: 75% coverage for loans up to ?200 lakh.
  • Risks Covered: Both credit risk and warehouseman risk.
  • Guarantee Fees: 0.4% per annum for farmers, and 1% per annum for non-farmers.

Objectives:

  • Minimize distress selling: By providing easy access to loans post-harvest, the scheme helps farmers avoid selling produce at low prices due to cash crunches.
  • Instill confidence in banks: The scheme provides a guarantee cover to lenders, encouraging them to offer loans against e-NWRs.
  • Encourage warehouse registration: The scheme emphasizes the need for more warehouses, particularly those closer to farmland, to improve accessibility for farmers.

About e-NWRs:

  • e-NWRs are digital versions of traditional warehouse receipts that enable farmers to pledge stored commodities as collateral for loans.
  • These receipts are governed by the Warehousing (Development and Regulation) Act of 2007, and since 2017, e-NWRs have been mandated for use in transactions related to agricultural produce stored in WDRA-accredited warehouses.

Expected Impact:

  • This scheme is expected to boost post-harvest lending, with a target of increasing lending to ?5.5 lakh crore in the next decade.
  • It will improve farmers’ income, reduce dependence on informal credit sources, and foster better financial inclusion.
  • Additionally, it will create a more reliable supply chain for agricultural produce, enhancing food security.

Future Targets:

  • Increase the number of registered warehouses under the WDRA to 40,000 in the next 1–2 years.
  • Use platforms like e-Kisan Upaj Nidhi to streamline the lending process and avoid repeated visits to banks.

Atmanirbhar Clean Plant Programme

  • 17 Dec 2024

In News:

Recently, the Government of India and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) signed a $98 million loan agreement to enhance horticulture crop productivity by improving plant health management. This initiative is part of India’s Atmanirbhar Clean Plant Programme (CPP), aiming to provide farmers with access to certified disease-free planting materials to improve yields, quality, and resilience, particularly against climate change impacts.

Key Highlights of the Loan Agreement

  • Objective: Improve access to certified, disease-free planting materials for horticulture crops.
  • Implementation: The project will be implemented by the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare through the National Horticulture Board (NHB) and the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR).
  • Focus: The initiative will enhance farmers’ productivity, resilience to climate change, and pest/disease management through the Atmanirbhar Clean Plant Programme (CPP).

About the Atmanirbhar Clean Plant Programme (CPP)

The Atmanirbhar Clean Plant Programme aims to tackle critical challenges in horticulture by ensuring farmers have access to high-quality, virus-free planting materials. The program is designed to:

  • Enhance crop yields and quality.
  • Promote climate-resilient varieties to help farmers adapt to rising temperatures and extreme weather events.
  • Safeguard the environment by controlling plant diseases and pests proactively.

Key Components of the CPP

  • Clean Plant Centers (CPCs): Establishment of nine world-class CPCs across India, equipped with advanced diagnostic labs and tissue culture facilities to maintain disease-free foundation planting materials.
  • Certification Framework: A robust certification system will be introduced to ensure accountability in planting material production, including accreditation for private nurseries.
  • Climate Resilience: Focus on developing and disseminating climate-resilient plant varieties, addressing the growing concerns over extreme weather events and changing pest behavior due to climate change.

Significance of the Loan Agreement

  • Climate Adaptation: The project will help farmers mitigate the effects of climate change, including unpredictable weather patterns and altered pest/disease behaviors.
  • Economic Impact: The initiative aligns with India's vision of self-reliance in horticulture (Atmanirbhar Bharat), boosting agricultural productivity and sustainability.
  • Long-term Benefits: Improved farm productivity, sustainability, and economic well-being for farmers, especially in the face of climate change.

Global Horticulture Significance

  • India’s Position: India is the second-largest producer of fruits and vegetables globally, contributing 33% to the agricultural GDP.
  • Land Coverage: Horticulture occupies 18% of India’s agricultural land, yet its production surpasses that of food grains.

Implementation and Impact

  • Implementation Period: The project will be executed from 2024 to 2030, with 50% financial assistance from ADB.
  • Institutional Strengthening: The initiative will bolster India’s ability to manage plant health, integrating advanced diagnostic techniques and capacity-building for horticulture professionals.

India Maritime Heritage Conclave 2024

  • 16 Dec 2024

In News:

The 1st India Maritime Heritage Conclave (IMHC 2024), a landmark event organized by the Ministry of Ports, Shipping and Waterways (MoPSW) was recently held.

Key Highlights:

Event Overview:

  • Organized by the Ministry of Ports, Shipping, and Waterways (MoPSW), held on December 11-12, 2024.
  • Theme: "Towards Understanding India's Position in Global Maritime History."
  • Celebrated India’s maritime legacy and future vision as a maritime powerhouse.

India’s Maritime Heritage:

  • Deeply rooted in ancient traditions; references in Rig Veda, mythology, literature, and archaeology.
  • Modern India boasts a 7,500 km coastline, 13 major ports, 200 non-major ports, handling 95% of trade by volume and 70% by value.
  • Ports handle 1,200 million tonnes of cargo annually, vital for economic growth.

Key Features of IMHC 2024:

  • International Participation: Dignitaries from 11 countries, including Greece, Italy, UK.
  • Exhibition: Showcased ancient shipbuilding techniques, navigation systems, historical trade routes.
  • Cultural Program: Celebrated coastal traditions with performances and festivities.
  • Key Focus: Sustainable maritime innovation, skill development, youth engagement, and cultural preservation.

 

National Maritime Heritage Complex (NMHC):

  • Location: Lothal, Gujarat – an ancient Harappan site (2600 BCE).
  • Significance: Home to the world’s oldest dry-dock (2400 BCE).
  • Future Vision: NMHC to showcase maritime history with 14 galleries, open aquatic gallery, lighthouses, and a research institute.

 

Modern Maritime Significance:

  • India’s Global Maritime Ranking: 16th largest globally, 3rd largest in ship recycling.
  • Trade Backbone: 95% of India's trade by volume, 70% by value handled by maritime sector.
  • Port Performance: India ranks 22nd in the World Bank’s Logistics Performance Index (2023).

Future Maritime Vision:

  • Sustainable Blue Economy: Emphasis on eco-friendly practices, green shipping, and maritime tourism.
  • Skill Development: Training programs to empower local communities and boost maritime workforce.
  • Infrastructure Development: Upgrading ports and shipping infrastructure under the Sagar Mala Program.
  • Policy Framework: Integrated policies for maritime heritage preservation and economic development.

Notable Initiatives:

  • Maritime India Vision 2030: Focus on increasing maritime capacity and sustainability.
  • SAGAR: Security and Growth for All in the Region initiative.
  • Ship Repair & Recycling Mission: Promote India as a global leader in ship recycling.
  • Green Hydrogen Hubs: Development of eco-friendly maritime infrastructure.

'Jalvahak' Scheme for Inland Waterways Promotion

  • 15 Dec 2024

In News:

Govt Unveils ‘Jalvahak’ To Boost Inland Waterways, Cargo Movement Incentivised on NW1, NW2 & NW16

Key Highlights:

  • Launch of 'Jalvahak' Scheme:
    • Launched by: Union Minister for Ports, Shipping & Waterways, Shri Sarbananda Sonowal, on December 15, 2024.
    • Objective: The scheme aims to promote the use of inland waterways for long-haul cargo transportation, reduce logistics costs, and alleviate congestion in road and rail networks.
  • Targeted Waterways:
    • The scheme focuses on three major National Waterways (NWs):
      • NW 1: River Ganga
      • NW 2: River Brahmaputra
      • NW 16: River Barak
  • Incentives:
    • The scheme offers up to 35% reimbursement on operating expenses for cargo transported over 300 km via these waterways, particularly using the Indo-Bangladesh Protocol Route (IBPR).
    • Encouraging Private Operators: The scheme also incentivizes the hiring of vessels owned by private operators to promote competition and efficiency.
  • Scheduled Cargo Service:
    • Service Launch: Fixed, scheduled cargo vessel services have been introduced, running between key locations:
      • Kolkata - Patna - Varanasi - Patna - Kolkata (for NW 1)
      • Kolkata - Pandu (Guwahati) (for NW 2 via IBPR)
    • Transit Times: Predefined and fixed for efficiency:
      • Kolkata to Patna: 7 days
      • Patna to Varanasi: 5 days
      • Kolkata to Varanasi: 14 days
      • Kolkata to Pandu: 18 days
      • Pandu to Kolkata: 15 days
  • Economic and Environmental Impact:
    • Cargo Shift Target: The initiative aims to shift 800 million tonne-kilometres of cargo by 2027.
    • Growth Projections:
      • 200 million tonnes of cargo by 2030.
      • 500 million tonnes by 2047, supporting the Blue Economy and Atma Nirbhar Bharat initiatives.
    • The move to waterways aims to reduce the pressure on India's roads and rail systems, contributing to a more sustainable and cost-effective logistics system.
  • Strategic Goals:
    • Modal Shift: The scheme seeks to achieve a shift of 800 million tonne-kilometres by 2027 with an investment of ?95.4 crores.
    • Sustainability: Inland waterways are considered an environmentally friendly, efficient, and low-cost transportation mode, with a focus on sustainability.
    • Logistics Optimization: This initiative is expected to help optimize supply chains for major shipping companies, freight forwarders, and trade bodies involved in bulk and containerized cargo.
  • Implementation Agencies:
    • Inland Waterways Authority of India (IWAI): The main body responsible for the development and regulation of inland waterways.
    • Inland & Coastal Shipping Limited (ICSL): A subsidiary of the Shipping Corporation of India, responsible for the operation of vessels.
  • Broader Impact:
    • Economic Growth: The scheme is expected to foster economic growth by improving logistics efficiency.
    • Decongestion: The initiative aims to decongest the road and rail transport systems, facilitating smoother movement of cargo.
    • Regional Connectivity: Enhances connectivity, particularly in eastern India, benefiting areas along the Ganga, Brahmaputra, and Barak rivers.
  • About the National Waterways:
    • India has 14,500 km of navigable inland waterways, which include rivers, canals, and backwaters. These waterways are significantly under-utilized compared to other countries.
    • The National Waterways Act, 2016 declared 111 waterways (including both existing and newly identified ones) for navigation.
  • The Jalvahak scheme is part of India's broader strategy to unlock the potential of its inland waterways, offering an efficient, economical, and environmentally sustainable alternative for cargo transport.

Rajmarg Saathi - Upgraded Route Patrolling Vehicles (RPV) by NHAI

  • 15 Dec 2024

In News:

With an aim to enhance road safety and strengthen highway patrolling, NHAI plans to implement the upgraded and forward-looking Incident Management Services. The guidelines on the subject include updated specifications for new Route Patrolling Vehicles (RPVs) named ‘Rajmarg Saathi’ and outlines design, functions, technology, components and manpower specifications for the RPVs.

Key Highlights:

Launch of Rajmarg Saathi:

  • Initiative by: National Highways Authority of India (NHAI).
  • Objective: Enhance highway safety, emergency response, and road maintenance efficiency across India.
  • Launched in: December 2024.

What is Rajmarg Saathi?

  • Definition: An upgraded version of Route Patrolling Vehicles (RPVs), designed for effective highway patrolling and incident management.
  • Main Aim: Improve highway safety and ensure smooth traffic flow through advanced technology and quick emergency responses.

Key Features:

  • Advanced Design:
    • Closed Cabinets: For organized storage and easy access to emergency tools and inventory, replacing earlier models with open storage space.
  • AI-Powered Technology:
    • Dashboard Cameras: Equipped with AI-enabled cameras to capture and analyze road conditions like cracks, potholes, and other distresses.
    • Road Monitoring: The system also monitors vehicles, pedestrians, road signs, and other infrastructure elements.
    • Integration with NHAI One: Data collected by AI systems is integrated into NHAI’s centralized application for efficient road maintenance.
  • Emergency Preparedness: The RPVs are fully equipped with modern communication and safety tools, designed to minimize traffic disruptions during emergencies.

Data Collection and Maintenance:

  • Weekly Analytics: The system will collect and analyze road condition data weekly to streamline maintenance activities and monitor highway safety.

Vehicle Usage and Replacement:

  • Replacement Guidelines: RPVs will be replaced after 3 years of operation or 3,00,000 km to ensure they remain functional and service-ready.

Visibility and Branding:

  • External Branding: RPVs are designed to be highly visible with enhanced branding for easy recognition as highway patrol vehicles.
  • Uniform for Personnel: The patrolling personnel will wear updated uniforms, including bright blue colors and reflective jackets with authority logos for better identification.

Role in Incident Management:

  • RPVs will play a crucial role in managing traffic incidents, ensuring smooth traffic flow, and enhancing road safety by addressing emergencies quickly.

Commitment to Road Safety:

  • NHAI remains committed to improving road safety standards and ensuring a smooth, hassle-free travel experience for all users across the national highway network.

About NHAI:

  • Establishment: NHAI was established under the National Highways Authority of India Act, 1988, and became operational in 1995.
  • Responsibilities: It is responsible for developing, maintaining, and managing national highways in India.
  • Objectives:
    • Promote transparency in awarding contracts.
    • Maintain high standards of project implementation.
    • Ensure comfort and convenience for users of the national highway system.

India's Road Network:

  • Size: India has the 2nd-largest road network in the world, spanning approximately 63.32 lakh km, which includes national highways, expressways, state highways, and rural roads.

India’s Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) Journey Hits $1 Trillion Milestone

  • 13 Dec 2024

In News:

India has reached a historic milestone, surpassing $1 trillion in foreign direct investment (FDI) inflows since April 2000. This achievement highlights India’s growing status as a major global investment hub and is further validated by a 26% increase in FDI inflows, which reached $42.1 billion during the first half of FY 2024-25.

Key Highlights of India’s FDI Growth:

  • $1 Trillion Milestone: India has attracted a total of $1 trillion in FDI from April 2000 to September 2024. This figure includes equity, reinvested earnings, and other capital inflows.
  • 26% Growth in FDI: FDI inflows surged by 26% in the first half of FY 2024-25, totaling $42.1 billion.
  • Top Investors: Major investors include Mauritius (25%), Singapore (24%), and the United States (10%). These countries benefit from favorable tax treaties with India, boosting investment.
  • Dominant Sectors: FDI has flowed into sectors like services, manufacturing, technology, and telecommunications, with significant investments also in pharmaceuticals, automobile, and construction development.

 

Factors Behind India’s FDI Success:

  • Policy Reforms: India’s liberalized FDI policies, such as allowing 100% FDI in most sectors under the automatic route, have attracted foreign capital. Key reforms like abolishing angel tax and reducing corporate tax rates in the Income Tax Act of 2024 have also enhanced investor confidence.
  • Business Environment: India’s rise in global competitiveness is evident in its improvement in rankings. It moved from 43rd to 40th in the World Competitiveness Index 2024 and climbed to 40th in the Global Innovation Index 2023, up from 81st in 2015.

 

  • Investor Confidence: The government’s efforts, including initiatives like "Make in India", Goods and Services Tax (GST), and sector-specific incentives, have fostered a conducive environment for investment.
  • Global Investment Standing: India has been the third-largest recipient of greenfield projects globally and saw a 64% increase in international project finance deals.

Contribution of Mauritius and Singapore:

  • Mauritius and Singapore lead as the primary sources of FDI into India. Their favorable tax treaties with India make them attractive gateways for foreign investments. Mauritius accounted for 25%, and Singapore for 24% of the total FDI inflows.

Key Sectors Attracting FDI:

  • Services Sector: Significant growth in services, especially financial services, has attracted substantial foreign investments.
  • Manufacturing and Technology: These sectors have benefited from policies like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) schemes, which encourage foreign investments in high-tech manufacturing.
  • Telecommunications and Pharmaceuticals: India’s growing digital ecosystem and strong pharmaceutical industry continue to attract international investments.

Importance of FDI for India:

  • Infrastructure Development: FDI plays a crucial role in financing infrastructure projects, helping meet the country’s significant infrastructure needs.
  • Balance of Payments: FDI helps bridge India’s current account deficit, ensuring stable foreign exchange reserves.
  • Technology Transfer and Employment: Foreign investments bring advanced technology and create jobs, boosting productivity across sectors.
  • Currency Stability: FDI supports the Indian Rupee in global markets by injecting foreign capital.

Challenges:

Despite the positive trends, India faces challenges such as geopolitical tensions, regulatory issues, global economic uncertainty, and infrastructure bottlenecks that can affect investor sentiment and capital inflows.

Way Ahead:

  • Focus on Infrastructure: Continued investment in infrastructure development, including public-private partnerships (PPPs), will be crucial for sustained economic growth.
  • Workforce Skilling: Collaborative efforts to upskill the workforce will ensure that India can meet the evolving demands of industries.
  • Research and Development: Strengthening R&D and innovation will enhance India’s productivity and global competitiveness.

 

Governor of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI)

  • 10 Dec 2024

In News:

Recently, the Government of India announced the appointment of Sanjay Malhotra as the 26th Governor of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). He replaces Shaktikanta Das, whose six-year tenure ends on December 10, 2024.

Background of Sanjay Malhotra:

  • Education & Early Career: Sanjay Malhotra is a 1990-batch IAS officer from the Rajasthan cadre. He holds a degree in Computer Science Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Kanpur and a Master’s in Public Policy from Princeton University.
  • Professional Experience: Malhotra has over 33 years of experience in various sectors including power, finance, taxation, information technology, and mines. He is currently serving as the Revenue Secretary in the Ministry of Finance, a position he has held since October 2022. Prior to this, he was Secretary of the Department of Financial Services.
  • Monetary Policy and Challenges: As RBI Governor, Malhotra will inherit the responsibility of steering India's monetary policy, especially as inflation has been a persistent issue and economic growth has slowed. His first monetary policy review is expected in February 2025.

About the Appointment Process:

RBI Governors are appointed by the Government of India, and the appointment process involves the Financial Sector Regulatory Appointment Search Committee, which includes the Cabinet Secretary, the current RBI Governor, the Financial Services Secretary, and two independent members. The committee prepares a list of eligible candidates, interviews them, and the final decision is made by the Cabinet Committee on Appointments, chaired by the Prime Minister.

RBI Governors Eligibility Criteria

  • The RBI Act, 1934 does not mention any specific qualification for the governor. People with different educational backgrounds were selected to head the institution. However, the governor traditionally is either a civil services personnel or an economist.
  • Candidates should have prior experience in areas such as:
  • Working with the International Monetary Fund (IMF) or World Bank.
  • Serving as Chairman or General Manager of a bank.
  • Holding significant positions in reputable financial or banking organizations.
  • Working in the Ministry of Finance of the Government of India.
  • The candidate must be an Indian citizen aged 35 years or older.
  • The candidate cannot be a member of Parliament, State Legislature, or hold any other office for profit

Key Responsibilities of the RBI Governor:

  • Monetary Policy: The RBI Governor chairs the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC), which is responsible for setting benchmark interest rates and managing inflation.
  • Regulation of Financial Institutions: The Governor oversees the regulation of banks, non-banking financial companies (NBFCs), and other financial institutions.
  • Currency Management: The Governor ensures the proper issuance of currency and the withdrawal of unfit notes.
  • Crisis Management and Policy Execution: The Governor is pivotal in managing financial crises and ensuring the execution of policies related to foreign exchange and financial inclusion.

RBI's Stance on De-dollarisation and Risk Diversification

  • 09 Dec 2024

In News:

  • Governor Shaktikanta Das clarified that India is not pursuing "de-dollarisation," but rather aiming to diversify risk in trade. Measures like local currency trade agreements and Vostro accounts are intended to reduce reliance on the US dollar without eliminating it entirely.
  • Objective: The goal is to de-risk India's trade, not to fully replace the dollar, especially amidst rising geopolitical tensions.

Key Highlights:

Vostro Accounts and Local Currency Trade:

  • Vostro Accounts: These accounts, held by foreign banks in Indian rupees, facilitate transactions in local currencies, helping mitigate the risks of dollar dependency.
  • International Currency Trade: By promoting trade in local currencies, the RBI seeks to reduce exposure to fluctuations in the dollar's value. However, these efforts have faced challenges due to India’s limited international presence in goods and services trade.

Gold Purchases by Central Banks:

  • Surge in Gold Purchases: Global central banks, including the RBI, have significantly increased gold holdings. India added 27 tonnes in October 2024 alone, the largest increase among central banks.
  • Motivations for Gold: The surge in gold buying reflects growing concerns about geopolitical risks, including the Ukraine war, and the potential for secondary sanctions. Gold is seen as a safe haven asset that diversifies reserves away from the US dollar.

Decline in Dollar Dominance:

  • Global Shift: The share of the US dollar in global reserves has been gradually declining, partly due to the rise of the Chinese yuan. Central banks are increasingly turning to gold and alternative currencies as part of a diversification strategy.
  • Impact on Emerging Markets: Countries like India are particularly motivated to reduce reliance on the dollar due to geopolitical tensions and economic vulnerabilities linked to the dollar’s dominance.

India’s Domestic Currency Trade Initiatives:

  • Trade with Russia and UAE: India is actively exploring trade in domestic currencies with countries like Russia and the UAE to reduce dependence on the dollar. However, these efforts have faced slow uptake due to India’s trade deficit with most countries except the US.
  • Challenges in Adoption: Despite efforts to internationalize the rupee, high transaction costs and lack of sufficient demand for rupee-based trade are significant barriers.

BRICS and Shared Currency Discussions:

  • Geopolitical Complexity: BRICS nations, due to their geographical and economic diversity, have discussed the possibility of a shared currency, but no consensus has been reached.
  • Reluctance Toward Yuan: India has resisted using the Chinese yuan for transactions, particularly for Russian oil imports, despite the yuan’s growing acceptance. This reflects India’s desire to maintain economic sovereignty and avoid over-reliance on a single currency.

Regional Implications of Dollar Volatility:

  • Neighbourhood Impact: Countries like Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, Nepal, and Pakistan have experienced significant financial distress due to declining dollar reserves and surging oil prices, exacerbated by the Ukraine war.
  • India’s Resilience: India’s strong dollar reserves have helped it maintain economic stability, but the country remains cautious of dollar volatility, particularly as oil prices rise.

Conclusion:

  • Strategic Balance: India’s approach reflects a strategic balance of mitigating risks while ensuring global trade stability. The RBI’s emphasis on gold accumulation and pushing for rupee-based trade demonstrates a desire to reduce exposure to the dollar, but challenges like trade deficits and high transaction costs still hinder the full realization of these goals.
  • Economic Sovereignty: Through these measures, India seeks to safeguard its economic sovereignty and financial stability in an increasingly unpredictable global economy.

Oilfields Amendment Bill, 2024

  • 09 Dec 2024

In News:

To encourage domestic production of petroleum and other mineral oils, along with private investment in these sectors to reduce import dependence, the Rajya Sabha passed the Oilfields (Regulation and Development) Amendment Bill, 2024.

Key Details:

  • Objective:
    • Encourage domestic petroleum production.
    • Reduce import dependence by promoting private investment in the oil sector.
  • Key Amendments:
    • Delinking petroleum from mining:
      • The Bill separates petroleum and mineral oil production from mining activities.
      • The Oilfields (Regulation and Development) Act, 1948, is amended to focus on mineral oils, distinct from the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.
    • Expanded Definition of Mineral Oils:
      • Includes hydrocarbons in various forms (natural gas, crude oil, petroleum, coal bed methane, and shale gas/oil).
      • Excludes coal, lignite, and helium from the definition (falling under the Mines and Minerals Act).
    • Petroleum Lease:
      • Replaces the term "mining lease" with "petroleum lease."
      • Covers activities such as exploration, development, production, and transportation of mineral oils.
    • Private Investment:
      • Provisions to attract private investment by clarifying rules for petroleum leases.
      • Current mining leases remain valid without altering terms to the lessee's disadvantage.
    • Decriminalization and Penalties:
      • Replaces criminal punishment with financial penalties.
      • Fines can go up to Rs. 25 Lakh, with additional penalties for ongoing violations.
    • Rule-making Power of Central Government:
      • Expands the Centre's authority over petroleum lease regulations, conservation, royalties, mergers, facility sharing, environmental protection, and dispute resolution.
  • Significance of the Bill:
    • Energy Access and Security: Ensures energy security by boosting domestic production.
    • Attracting Investment: Creates a conducive environment for private sector investment.
    • Environmental Safeguards: Provisions to control carbon emissions and promote renewable energy in oilfields.
  • Opposition Criticism:
    • State Rights on Mining: Concerns raised by opposition parties, particularly the DMK, about the reduction of state control over resource taxation (taxing mineral rights).
    • Impact on Federal Balance: States traditionally manage mining rights under the Constitution’s State List (Entry 50). The Bill may shift control to the Union List (Entry 53), creating constitutional concerns.
    • Environmental Concerns:
      • Opposition figures like P.P. Suneer (CPI) argue for prioritizing public companies like ONGC, fearing privatization may worsen environmental governance.
  • Adjudication of Disputes:
    • Appeals against penalty decisions will be handled by the Appellate Tribunal, as per the Petroleum and Natural Gas Regulatory Board Act, 2006.
  • Broader Significance:
    • Energy Independence: Reduces reliance on fuel imports, fostering energy security and economic stability.
    • Regulation: Strengthens the enforcement mechanism for petroleum operations while encouraging private participation.

Petroleum and Natural Gas Regulatory Board (PNGRB):

  • Formation: Established under the Petroleum and Natural Gas Regulatory Board Act, 2006.
  • Functions: Regulates refining, transportation, distribution, storage, marketing, and sale of petroleum products and natural gas.
  • Role in the Bill: Ensures competitive markets for gas and handles appeals regarding regulatory decisions.

RBI Cuts CRR, Keeps Repo Rate Unchanged

  • 07 Dec 2024

In News:

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has recently made significant monetary policy decisions that could have a broad impact on the economy.

Key Highlights:

Cut in Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR)

  • CRR Reduction: The RBI has reduced the CRR by 50 basis points (bps), from 4.5% to 4%.
  • Impact on Banks: This move will free up ?1.16 lakh crore in liquidity, which banks can use to lend, boosting the credit flow in the economy.
  • Objective: The CRR cut is aimed at easing the liquidity stress in the financial system, which has been tightening due to RBI's foreign exchange interventions.
  • Bank Benefits: Banks will benefit as they don’t earn interest on the CRR, and the extra liquidity may help them reduce deposit rates. Additionally, it may encourage banks to pass on benefits to borrowers, particularly in terms of lending rates.

Repo Rate Kept Unchanged at 6.5%

  • Decision: The MPC decided to keep the key policy rate, the Repo rate, unchanged at 6.5%, continuing its stance for the 11th consecutive meeting.
  • Reasons for Keeping Repo Rate Steady:
    • Persistent inflation, particularly food prices, is a key concern. Despite strong growth in sectors like rural consumption, inflation remains high and continues to affect disposable income.
    • RBI Governor emphasized that durable price stability is essential for strong, sustained economic growth.

Impact on Borrowers

  • Borrowing Costs: With the Repo rate unchanged, external benchmark lending rates (EBLR) linked to the Repo rate will not rise, providing relief to borrowers by keeping Equated Monthly Installments (EMIs) stable.
  • Deposit Rates: However, the CRR cut may lead to a marginal reduction in deposit rates due to increased liquidity in the system.

Economic Growth Forecast Adjusted

  • Reduced GDP Growth Estimate: The RBI has downgraded the GDP growth forecast for FY25 to 6.6%, down from the earlier estimate of 7.2%. This revision comes after the economy showed signs of slowdown in the second quarter of FY25.
  • Growth Outlook: Despite the downgrade, the RBI remains cautiously optimistic about recovery driven by festive demand and rural consumption. Governor Das indicated that the slowdown had likely bottomed out and the economy is set to recover in the coming quarters.

Inflation Forecast Raised

  • Inflation Outlook: The inflation estimate for FY25 has been revised upward to 4.8%, compared to the earlier forecast of 4.5%. This is largely due to rising food prices, which surged to a 14-month high of 6.21% in October.
  • Inflationary Pressures: The MPC noted that inflation has remained above the RBI’s target of 4%, primarily driven by food inflation. As inflation impacts consumption, the RBI aims to balance growth support with inflation management.

Monetary Policy Stance

  • Neutral Stance Retained: The RBI has maintained a ‘neutral’ stance, meaning it is neither tightening nor easing monetary policy drastically, focusing instead on bringing inflation closer to its target of 4%.
  • Inflation Control: While the RBI is aware of the economic slowdown, it continues to prioritize inflation control to ensure price stability and support sustainable growth.

Global and Domestic Economic Context

  • Global Factors: The RBI has also been cautious about global developments, including capital outflows and the impact of U.S. monetary policy on the Indian economy. A rate cut could have further weakened the rupee by narrowing the interest rate differential with the U.S.
  • Domestic Concerns: Domestically, the economy faces challenges such as weak manufacturing growth and high inflation. The GDP growth in Q2 FY25 dropped to 5.4%, a seven-quarter low, highlighting concerns over demand and inflationary pressures.

PM Surya Ghar: Muft Bijli Yojana

  • 06 Dec 2024

In News:

The PM Surya Ghar: Muft Bijli Yojana, the world’s largest domestic rooftop solar initiative, is transforming India’s energy landscape with a bold vision to supply solar power to one crore households by March 2027.

Key Details:

Targeted Installations:

  • 10 lakh installations by March 2025.
  • 1 crore installations by March 2027.

Subsidy and Financing:

  • Offers up to 40% subsidy for rooftop solar installations based on household electricity consumption.
  • Collateral-free loans available for up to 3 kW solar systems at a 7% interest rate.

Key Benefits:

The PM Surya Ghar: Muft Bijli Yojana offers several significant benefits to participating households:

  • Free Electricity for Households: The scheme provides households with free electricity through the installation of subsidized rooftop solar panels, significantly reducing their energy costs.
  • Reduced Electricity Costs for the Government: By promoting the widespread use of solar power, the scheme is expected to save the government an estimated ?75,000 crore annually in electricity costs.
  • Increased Use of Renewable Energy: The scheme encourages the adoption of renewable energy sources, contributing to a more sustainable and environmentally friendly energy mix in India.
  • Reduced Carbon Emissions: The transition to solar energy under this scheme will help lower carbon emissions, supporting India's commitment to reducing its carbon footprint.

Eligibility Criteria:

1. The applicant must be an Indian citizen.

2. Must own a house with a roof that is suitable for installing solar panels.

3. The household must have a valid electricity connection.

4. The household must not have availed of any other subsidy for solar panels.

Impact

The   PM Surya Ghar: Muft Bijli Yojana is expected to have far-reaching outcomes, both for individual households and the nation as a whole:

  • Household Savings and Income Generation: Households will benefit from significant savings on their electricity bills. Additionally, they will have the opportunity to earn extra income by selling surplus power generated by their rooftop solar systems to DISCOMs. For instance, a 3-kW system can generate over 300 units per month on average, providing a reliable source of energy and potential revenue.
  • Expansion of Solar Capacity: The scheme is projected to add 30 GW of solar capacity through rooftop installations in the residential sector, significantly contributing to India's renewable energy goals.
  • Environmental Benefits: Over the 25-year lifetime of these rooftop systems, it is estimated that the scheme will generate 1000 BUs of electricity while reducing CO2 emissions by 720 million tonnes, making a substantial positive impact on the environment.
  • Job Creation: The scheme is also expected to create approximately 17 lakh direct jobs across various sectors, including manufacturing, logistics, supply chain, sales, installation, operations and maintenance (O&M), and other services, thereby boosting employment and economic growth in the country.

Model Solar Village

  • Under the "Model Solar Village" component of the scheme, the focus is on establishing one Model Solar Village per district throughout India.
  • This initiative aims to promote solar energy adoption and empower village communities to achieve energy self-reliance.
  • An allocation of ?800 crore has been designated for this component, with ?1 crore provided to each selected Model Solar Village.
  • To qualify as a candidate village, it must be a revenue village with a population of over 5,000 (or 2,000 in special category states). Villages are selected through a competitive process, evaluated on their overall distributed renewable energy (RE) capacity six months after being identified by the District Level Committee (DLC).
  • The village in each district with the highest RE capacity will receive a central financial assistance grant of ?1 crore.
  • The State/UT Renewable Energy Development Agency, under the supervision of the DLC, will oversee the implementation, ensuring these model villages successfully transition to solar energy and set a benchmark for others across the country.

RangeenMachli App

  • 06 Dec 2024

In News:

The app was developed by the ICAR-Central Institute of Freshwater Aquaculture (ICAR-CIFA) with support from the Pradhan Mantri MatsyaSampada Yojana (PMMSY) under the Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Government of India.

Key Highlights:

  • Target Audience: The app caters to hobbyists, farmers, and professionals in the ornamental fish industry.
  • Multilingual Support: The app offers content in eight Indian languages, making it accessible to a broad and diverse audience.
  • Main Objectives:
  • Provide information on popular ornamental fish species and their care.
  • Promote local aquarium businesses through dynamic directories.
  • Enhance knowledge of ornamental aquaculture techniques for fish farmers and shop owners.
  • Serve as an educational tool for newcomers and professionals in the ornamental fish industry.
  • Salient Features:
    • Multilingual Content: Ensures broader reach and user accessibility.
    • Comprehensive Fish Information: Offers detailed guidance on fish care, breeding, and maintenance.
    • Find Aquarium Shops Tool: A directory updated by shop owners, helping users find reliable local aquarium shops and promoting local businesses.
  • Educational Modules:
    • Basics of Aquarium Care: Covers key aspects like aquarium types, filtration, lighting, feeding, and maintenance.
    • Ornamental Aquaculture: Focuses on breeding and rearing ornamental fish, particularly for farmers.
  • Economic and Social Impact:
    • Promoting Local Businesses: The app encourages economic growth by increasing visibility for local aquarium shops and creating opportunities for business owners.
    • Authenticity and Reliability: Users can access verified information, reducing the reliance on unverified sources and promoting healthier aquariums.
    • Sustainability and Growth: The app’s features are designed to foster sustainability and growth in the ornamental fish trade by providing reliable information and empowering users.

Pradhan Mantri MatsyaSampada Yojana (PMMSY):

  • Objective: Aimed at transforming the fisheries sector, improving fish production, productivity, quality, technology, infrastructure, and management, while strengthening the value chain and promoting the welfare of fishers.
  • Launch: The scheme was launched in 2020 with an investment of Rs. 20,050 crores for a 5-year period (2020-21 to 2024-25).
  • Focus Areas:
    • Inland fisheries and aquaculture.
    • Fisheries management and regulatory framework.
    • Infrastructure and post-harvest management.
    • Doubling fishers' and fish farmers' incomes.
  • Components:
    • Central Sector Scheme (CS): Fully funded by the central government.
    • Centrally Sponsored Scheme (CSS): Partially funded by the central government and implemented by states.
  • Sub-Schemes:
    • Pradhan Mantri MatsyaKisanSamridhiSah-Yojana (PM-MKSSY): Launched under PMMSY to formalize the fisheries sector and support micro and small enterprises with over Rs. 6,000 crore investment (FY 2023-24 to 2026-27).
    • Beneficiaries: Includes fishers, farmers, fish vendors, fisheries cooperatives, SC/STs, women, differently-abled persons, state and central entities, and private firms.

Fisheries Sector Contribution:

  • Supports around 30 million people.
  • India is the 3rd largest fish producer globally, with a fish production of 175.45 lakh tons in FY 2022-23.
  • Contributes 1.09% to the Gross Value Added (GVA) of India and 6.72% to agricultural GVA.

Related Schemes:

  • Fisheries and Aquaculture Infrastructure Development Fund (FIDF): Launched with a fund of Rs. 7,522.48 crore.
  • Kisan Credit Card (KCC): Extended to fishers and farmers from FY 2018-19.
  • Sustainable fisheries development.
  • Doubling income and job creation in the sector.
  • Boosting exports and agricultural GVA.
  • Social and economic security for fishers.

Trade Watch Quarterly

  • 05 Dec 2024

In News:

NITI Aayog released its first quarterly report, Trade Watch Quarterly (TWQ), on December 4, 2024, focusing on India's trade developments during Q1 FY2024 (April-June).

Overview:

  • Purpose: The publication aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of India’s trade performance, highlighting key trends, challenges, and opportunities.
  • Target: To leverage insights for evidence-based policy interventions and foster informed decision-making, contributing to sustainable growth in India’s trade.

Trade Performance Highlights (Q1 FY24):

  • Total Trade: $576 billion (5.45% YoY growth).
    • Merchandise Exports: Growth was restrained due to declines in iron & steel, and pearls.
    • Imports: Driven by high-value goods, including aircraft, spacecraft, mineral fuels, and vegetable oils.
    • Services Exports: Displayed a surplus, particularly in IT services.
  • Growth in Services Exports: A positive trend, rising by 10.09% YoY, particularly in IT services and business solutions.

Key Challenges for India’s Trade:

  • Limited Success in China-Plus-One Strategy:Countries like Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia have gained more from this strategy, benefitting from cheaper labor, simplified tax laws, and lower tariffs.
  • CBAM (Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism):Starting in 2026, CBAM will impose carbon taxes on imports like cement, steel, and fertilizers. India’s iron and steel industry could face significant risks due to this.
  • Declining Share in Labor-Intensive Sectors:India’s global market share in labor-intensive sectors (e.g., textiles, leather) has declined despite a strong workforce.
  • Geopolitical Instability (West Asia):
    • Oil price hikes could increase India’s Current Account Deficit (CAD) and fuel inflation.
    • Declining agricultural exports to markets like Iran further add to the challenges.

Strategic Recommendations for Overcoming Challenges:

  • Infrastructure Modernization:
    • Expansion of digital platforms like Trade Connect e-Platform to streamline processes and support exporters.
    • Strengthening logistics via the National Logistics Policy.
  • Export Incentives:Continuation of schemes like RoDTEP (Remission of Duties and Taxes on Exported Products) to maintain export competitiveness.
  • Technological Integration:Leveraging digital trade to tap into high-growth sectors and foster innovation in trade.
  • Strengthening FTAs (Free Trade Agreements):Focus on negotiating strategic FTAs with global partners (e.g., the UK and the EU) to reduce trade barriers and enhance global market access.

Geopolitical and Environmental Risks:

  • U.S.-China Trade Tensions:Offers opportunities for India to diversify its supply chains, but also poses challenges in terms of overdependence on certain countries.
  • Impact of CBAM:Risk to carbon-intensive Indian exports like steel and aluminium, which will face tariffs starting in 2026.

Sectoral Performance:

  • Growing Sectors:
    • IT Services: India’s market share of IT services reached 10.2%, continuing to be a strong contributor.
    • Pharmaceuticals, Electrical Machinery, and Mineral Fuels: Significant contributors to export growth.
  • Declining Sectors:Labor-Intensive Goods: Declines in global market share for textiles, pearls, and leather.

Pathway to $2 Trillion Exports by 2030:

  • India's Export Aspirations:To achieve the target of $2 trillion in exports by 2030, India must address structural inefficiencies, diversify exports, and reduce trade barriers.
  • Vision 2047:Aligning with India’s broader vision to become a developed nation, the report stresses the importance of strengthening trade, technology, and infrastructure to realize these ambitions.
  • Trade's Role in Economic Growth:
    • Trade is vital to India’s economic trajectory, contributing significantly to GDP growth.
    • Through evidence-based policymaking, infrastructure modernization, and strategic global partnerships, India can achieve sustained growth in trade, leading to the realization of a Viksit Bharat (Developed India) by 2047.

International Debt Report 2024

  • 05 Dec 2024

In News:

Recently released, World Bank’s "International Debt Report 2024" highlights a worsening debt crisis for developing nations, with 2023 marking the highest debt servicing levels in two decades, driven by rising interest rates and economic challenges.

Key Highlights:

Rising Debt Levels:

  • Total external debt of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) reached $8.8 trillion by the end of 2023, an 8% increase since 2020.
  • For IDA-eligible countries (those receiving concessional loans from the World Bank), external debt rose by 18%, reaching $1.1 trillion.

Debt Servicing Costs:

  • Developing nations paid a record $1.4 trillion in debt servicing costs (principal and interest) in 2023.
  • Interest payments surged by 33%, totaling $406 billion, putting immense pressure on national budgets, especially in critical sectors like health, education, and environmental sustainability.

Interest Rate Increases:

  • Interest rates on loans from official creditors doubled to 4% in 2023.
  • Rates from private creditors rose to 6%, the highest in 15 years, exacerbating the financial burden on developing countries.

Impact on IDA-Eligible Countries:

  • IDA countries faced severe financial strain, paying $96.2 billion in debt servicing, including $34.6 billion in record-high interest costs (four times higher than a decade ago).
  • On average, 6% of their export earnings were allocated to debt payments, with some countries dedicating up to 38%.

Role of Creditors:

  • Private creditors reduced lending, leading to more debt-servicing payments than new loans.
  • In contrast, multilateral lenders like the World Bank provided additional support, with the World Bank contributing $28.1 billion.
  • Multilateral institutions have emerged as crucial support systems, becoming "lenders of last resort" for poor economies.

Debt Data Transparency:

  • Efforts to improve debt transparency led to nearly 70% of IDA-eligible economies publishing accessible public-debt data in 2023, a 20-point increase since 2020.
  • Accurate debt data can reduce corruption and promote sustainable investment.

Global Financial Reforms:

  • There is a growing call for global financial reforms to address the systemic challenges of developing nations facing rising debt burdens.
  • Proposed measures include increased concessional financing, improved restructuring mechanisms, and the establishment of a Global Debt Authority for better debt management.

Impact on Climate and Development Goals:

  • Debt servicing has become a larger financial burden than climate initiatives in many countries, with developing nations spending more on debt servicing than climate goals (2.4% of GDP vs. 2.1% for climate investments).
  • To meet climate commitments under the Paris Agreement, climate investments would need to rise to 6.9% of GDP by 2030.

Debt Relief Initiatives:

  • Programs like the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) Initiative and the Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative (MDRI) provide debt relief to the world’s poorest nations, helping them meet Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
  • For instance, Somalia saved $4.5 billion in debt service after completing the HIPC program in December 2023.

Global Sovereign Debt Roundtable (GSDR):

  • The GSDR brings together debtor nations and creditors (both official and private) to improve debt sustainability and address restructuring challenges.
  • Co-chaired by the IMF, World Bank, and G20, the forum aims to find coordinated solutions for sovereign debt issues.

KisanPehchaan Patra

  • 02 Dec 2024

In News:

The Indian government is actively promoting the creation of digital identities for farmers through the KisanPehchaan Patra (Farmer ID). The initiative is an essential part of the Digital Agriculture Mission under the AgriStack initiative.

Key Details:

Objective:

  • The main goal is to provide digital IDs linked to Aadhaar for farmers, capturing comprehensive agricultural data including land records, crop information, and ownership details.
  • These digital identities are designed to enhance farmers' access to government schemes and digital agriculture services.

Farmer ID Creation Timeline:

  • The government plans to create digital IDs for 11 crore farmers in phases:
    • 6 crore farmers in FY 2024-25.
    • 3 crore farmers in FY 2025-26.
    • 2 crore farmers in FY 2026-27.

AgriStack Initiative:

  • The AgriStack initiative aims to build a Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) for the agriculture sector, which includes:
    • Farmers' Registry.
    • Geo-referenced village maps.
    • Crop Sown Registry.

Implementation Strategy:

  • Camp-mode approach: States have been instructed to organize field-level camps to ensure faster and inclusive registration of farmers.
  • Financial Incentives:
    • States will receive ?15,000 per camp for organizing these camps.
    • Additionally, ?10 per Farmer ID issued.
    • Funding is provided through the Pradhan Mantri KisanSamman Nidhi (PM-Kisan) scheme.

Benefits of Digital Farmer ID:

  • Targeted Delivery of Benefits: Ensures subsidies and benefits reach legitimate farmers and eliminates duplication.
  • Precision Agriculture: Supports data-driven policies for better crop planning, insurance, and market linkages.
  • Financial Inclusion: Facilitates easy access to credit, loans, and crop insurance, empowering farmers financially.
  • Better Monitoring: Helps in tracking the actual implementation of schemes and ensures that only eligible farmers benefit.

Progress in States:

  • Advanced States: Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Uttar Pradesh have made significant progress in issuing digital Farmer IDs.
  • Testing Phase: States like Assam, Chhattisgarh, and Odisha are still in the field-testing phase.
  • Special Assistance Scheme: The Finance Ministry allocated ?5,000 crore in August 2024 to assist states in creating the Farmers' Registry, with funds available until March 2025.

Linkage with Land Records and Crop Data:

  • The Farmer ID integrates with state land records and crop data, creating a dynamic and accurate database known as the Farmer’s Registry.
  • This data helps in the development of better agricultural policies and decision-making.

Digital Agriculture Mission:

  • The government approved a substantial outlay of ?2,817 crore for the Digital Agriculture Mission, which is intended to modernize agricultural practices and build robust digital infrastructure.
  • The mission also includes the launch of the Digital Crop Estimation Survey (DGCES), which will help in crop estimation and better resource allocation.

National Policy on Female Labour Force Participation (FLFP)

  • 02 Dec 2024

In News:

  • India is working on a national policy to enhance female labour force participation (FLFP), focusing on creating a supportive care economy structure.
  • The policy is being developed by an inter-ministerial team involving the Ministries of Skill Development, Labour, Rural Development, and Women and Child Development.
  • Goal: To reduce barriers for women, especially related to caregiving responsibilities, and increase their participation in the workforce.

Key Focus Areas:

  • Care Economy: Involves both paid and unpaid caregiving services, such as childcare, eldercare, domestic work, and health services.
  • The policy aims to formalize care work, addressing its undervaluation and encouraging women's workforce participation.
  • Proposes a core skilling package for caregivers, particularly for childcare in rural and informal sectors.
  • Childcare Facilities: Targeting women working under schemes like MGNREGS (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme).

Current Challenges:

  • Post-marriage employment drop: Women face a significant decline in workforce participation after marriage, often due to caregiving roles.
  • In India, 53% of women are outside the labour force, mostly due to unpaid domestic work, unlike only 1.1% of men.
  • The gender divide in caregiving is stark: Women spend over 5 hours daily on unpaid domestic work (81% of females), compared to 12.4% of males.

Key Initiatives:

  • Palna Scheme: Provides daycare through Anganwadi-cum-Crèche facilities for working parents, benefiting children aged 6 months to 6 years. 1,000 crèches are operational.
  • Women’s Employment Data:
    • In rural India, 36.6% of women participate in the workforce, compared to 23.8% in urban areas.
    • Post-marriage, female employment drops by 12 percentage points, even without children.
  • Improving Female Labour Force Participation (FLFP): Key to India's growth, as matching women’s workforce participation with men could boost GDP by 27% (IMF).

Barriers to Women’s Workforce Inclusion:

  • Unpaid Care Work: Women's disproportionate share of household duties limits paid employment opportunities.
  • Cultural Norms: Gender expectations restrict women’s access to employment, especially in rural areas.
  • Educational Barriers: Limited access to education for girls restricts skill development, lowering job prospects.
  • Health & Safety Issues: Health challenges and safety concerns at workplaces hinder women's workforce participation.
  • Lack of Supportive Policies: Absence of parental leave and flexible work arrangements for women, especially in the informal sector.

Government Initiatives for Women’s Employment:

  • BetiBachaoBetiPadhao: Promotes girl child education and empowerment.
  • National Education Policy (NEP): Ensures gender equity in education.
  • Maternity Benefit (Amendment) Act, 2017: Extends paid maternity leave to 26 weeks and mandates crèche facilities in large establishments.
  • Labour Codes (2019-2020): Codifies labor laws to provide a framework for improving women’s workplace safety and employment opportunities.

Global Examples & Inspiration:

  • Japan’s Womenomics: Aimed at increasing female participation, Japan's womenomics reforms have grown women’s labour force participation from 64.9% to 75.2% (2013-2023).
  • Flexible Work Models: Countries like Netherlands encourage part-time and remote work, offering flexibility to manage work-life balance.
  • Sweden’s Investment in ECCE: Investing 1% of GDP in Early Childhood Care and Education (ECCE) has significantly reduced women’s workforce exclusion.

Way Forward:

  • National Women’s Urban Employment Guarantee Act (WUEGA): Promotes gender-balanced work environments and childcare facilities at work sites.
  • Flexible Work Options: Encouraging remote work, parental leave, and childcare support will empower more women to balance caregiving and employment.
  • Investment in the Care Economy: To reduce the care burden on women, substantial investment in ECCE and related sectors is essential to increase women’s participation and economic independence.

Key Highlights on India’s Horticulture and Plant Health Management Initiatives

  • 01 Dec 2024

In News:

Government of India and ADB sign $98 million loan to promote plant health management in India’s horticulture.

Key Highlights:

$98 Million Loan Agreement with ADB:

  • India and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) signed a $98 million loan to enhance horticulture productivity and resilience.
  • Objective: Improve farmers' access to certified, disease-free planting materials, which will increase crop yield, quality, and climate resilience.
  • Focus Areas: The project aligns with India’s Atmanirbhar Clean Plant Programme (CPP), aiming to strengthen plant health management in horticulture.

Atmanirbhar Clean Plant Programme (CPP):

  • Implemented under MIDH: The Clean Plant Programme is part of the Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture (MIDH).
  • Goal: To provide virus-free, high-quality planting materials to farmers, boosting horticultural crop yields and promoting climate-resilient varieties.
  • Implementation Period: 2024-2030, with 50% financial support from ADB.
  • Key Components:
    • Establishment of 9 Clean Plant Centers (CPCs) with state-of-the-art diagnostic, therapeutic, and tissue culture laboratories.
    • Certification Framework: Developing a regulatory framework under the Seeds Act 1966 to certify clean plants.
    • Support to Nurseries: Infrastructure development for large-scale nurseries.
  • Significance: The programme strengthens India's self-reliance in horticulture and enhances adaptability to climate change impacts.

Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture (MIDH):

  • Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare.
  • Focus: Holistic development of the horticulture sector, including fruits, vegetables, mushrooms, spices, and more.
  • Funding Pattern:
    • General States: 60% by Government of India (GoI), 40% by State Governments.
    • North-Eastern and Himalayan States: 90% by GoI.

Horticulture Sector at a Glance:

  • Contribution to Agricultural GDP: Accounts for 33% of the gross value.
  • Land Coverage: Occupies 18% of agricultural land in India.
  • Global Standing: India is the second-largest producer of fruits and vegetables globally.
  • Surpassing Food Grains: Horticulture production exceeds food grain production, occupying much less land (25.66 million hectares vs. 127.6 million hectares for food grains).

Key Benefits of the CPP:

  • Climate Resilience: Promotes climate-resilient plant varieties and helps farmers adapt to climate change.
  • Innovation: Encourages the use of advanced testing techniques and builds institutional capacity.
  • Long-term Impact: Expected to improve sustainability, productivity, and the economic well-being of farmers.

Additional Horticulture Initiatives:

  • CHAMAN (Horticulture Assessment using Geo-informatics): A programme to estimate area and production of horticultural crops using scientific methods.
  • Kisan Rail Services: Facilitates transportation of perishable horticultural products like fruits and vegetables.
  • Capital Investment Subsidy Scheme: By the National Horticulture Board to support the sector’s growth.

SASCI Scheme for Tourism Development

  • 01 Dec 2024

In News:

Centre clears scheme for development of 40 tourist destinations across 23 States at a cost of ?3,295 crore.

Key Details:

  • Focus Areas: The scheme encourages the development of lesser-known destinations such as Bateshwar (Uttar Pradesh), Ponda (Goa), Gandikota (Andhra Pradesh), and Porbandar (Gujarat) to reduce overcrowding at popular sites.
  • Implementation Timeline: Projects must be completed within two years, with funding released in stages until March 2026.
  • Key Features:
    • Long-term interest-free loans for 50 years.
    • States responsible for project execution and maintenance, often through public-private partnerships (PPP).
    • The Ministry of Tourism will monitor progress, and 66% of the funds have already been released.
    • Emphasis on sustainability and boosting local economies by creating jobs through tourism.
    • States must provide land at no cost and ensure proper infrastructure like safety, connectivity, and utilities.

Selection Criteria for Projects:

  • Consultation Process: Detailed regional consultations led to the selection of 40 projects from 87 proposals received by the Ministry of Tourism. West Bengal was the only state not submitting proposals.
  • Evaluation Criteria: Projects were evaluated based on:
    • Connectivity, tourism potential, and ecosystem.
    • Financial viability and sustainability.
    • Impact on local economy and job creation.
  • Funding Pattern:
    • A maximum of ?100 crore for each project, with higher funding considered for exceptional projects.
    • Total funding capped at ?250 crore per state, allocated on a first-come, first-served basis.

Importance of the Scheme:

  • Economic Growth & Employment: Projects are designed to stimulate local economies, create employment, and promote sustainable tourism.
  • Global Branding: The scheme aims to brand and market tourist destinations on a global scale.
  • Tourism Infrastructure Growth: It aims to improve the entire tourism value chain, including transportation, accommodation, activities, and services.

Tourism Sector Overview:

  • Current Status:
    • India ranks 39th among 119 countries in the Travel and Tourism Development Index (TTDI) 2024.
    • Foreign Tourist Arrivals (FTAs) increased by 47.9% in 2023, with 9.52 million tourists.
    • Tourism contributed 5% to India’s GDP in 2022-23 and created 76.17 million direct and indirect jobs.
    • India earned ?2.3 lakh crore in foreign exchange in 2023 through tourism.
    • Projected revenue from tourism to exceed $59 billion by 2028.
  • Initiatives for Promotion:
    • Swadesh Darshan Scheme: To develop theme-based circuits.
    • Dekho Apna Desh Initiative (2020): Promotes domestic tourism.
    • PRASHAD & HRIDAY Schemes: Focus on pilgrimage and heritage city development.

MGNREGA Job Card Deletions Issue:

  • Context: A significant surge in deletions of job cards under MGNREGA (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act) raised concerns over transparency and workers’ rights.
  • Reasons for Deletion:
    • Permanent migration, duplicate cards, forged documents, and refusal to work.
    • Aadhaar-based payment system (ABPS) implementation led to deletions for non-linked cards.
  • Implications:
    • Violation of workers’ legal right to employment, especially when deletions were made without due process.
    • The "Not willing to work" designation undermines livelihood opportunities, especially in high unemployment rural areas.
  • Recommendations for Reform:
    • Strengthening verification processes and ensuring deletions follow due procedure.
    • Empowering Gram Sabhas to review and approve deletions.
    • Regular audits and better grievance redressal mechanisms.

Other Government Initiatives in Tourism:

  • National Mission on Pilgrimage Rejuvenation and Spiritual, Heritage Augmentation Drive (PRASHAD): For holistic and sustainable development of pilgrimage tourism.
  • Incredible India & E-Visa Initiatives: To attract more foreign tourists.
  • Regional Connectivity Scheme (UDAN): Enhances air connectivity to remote tourist destinations.
  • National Heritage City Development and Augmentation Yojana (HRIDAY): Preserves and rejuvenates heritage sites.

13th National Seed Congress (NSC)

  • 30 Nov 2024

In News:

  • The 13th National Seed Congress (NSC), organized by the Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers' Welfare, concluded with significant discussions and outcomes focused on advancing India's seed sector.
  • The theme for this year's congress, held in Varanasi, was "Innovating for a Sustainable Seed Ecosystem."

Key Highlights:

  • Focus Areas:
    • Seed Technologies and Biofortification: Emphasis on high-nutrition seeds like iron and zinc-enriched rice and Vitamin A-rich crops to combat malnutrition.
    • Climate-Resilient Agriculture: Promoting practices like Direct Seeded Rice (DSR) and the development of stress-tolerant seed varieties to withstand climate change.
  • Challenges in India’s Seed Ecosystem:
    • Seed Replacement Rate (SRR): SRR in India is around 15-20%, with 100% for hybrid seeds, pointing to the need for higher adoption of certified seeds.
    • Monoculture and Seed Market Monopoly: Issues like over-reliance on Bt cotton and domination by multinational companies (e.g., Bayer) in seed markets.
  • Government Initiatives:
    • National Seed Corporation (NSC): Produces foundation and certified seeds for over 600 varieties.
    • Seed Village Programme (Beej Gram Yojana): Focus on improving the quality of farm-saved seeds.
    • National Seed Reserve: Ensures seed availability during climatic disruptions.
  • Policy Discussions:
    • Proposed Seeds Bill: A new bill to regulate seed quality and promote sustainable practices.
    • Public-Private Partnerships: Strengthening collaborations to improve seed production, accessibility, and quality.
  • Outcomes:
    • Biofortified Seeds: Increased development and distribution of nutrient-rich seeds.
    • Climate-Resilient Seed Systems: Enhanced focus on developing crops that can withstand climate challenges.
    • Public-Private Partnerships: Strengthening collaborations in seed technology and policy reform.

Global Wage Report 2024-25

  • 29 Nov 2024

In News:

A new report from the International Labour Organization (ILO) reveals that wage inequality has decreased in about two-thirds of all countries since 2000. Despite this positive trend, significant wage differentials persist worldwide.

Global Wage Inequality Trends:

  • Wage inequality has decreased in about two-thirds of all countries since 2000.
  • Average Annual Decrease in Wage Inequality:
    • Ranges from 0.5 to 1.7% globally, depending on the measure used.
    • More significant reductions have been observed in low-income countries, where the decrease has ranged from 3.2 to 9.6% over the past two decades.
  • Wealthier Countries: Wage inequality has decreased at a slower pace:
    • Upper-middle-income countries: annual decrease of 0.3 to 1.3%.
    • High-income countries: annual decrease of 0.3 to 0.7%.

Global Real Wage Growth:

  • Global real wages grew by 1.8% in 2023, with projections reaching 2.7% growth in 2024 (highest increase in over 15 years).
  • This marks a recovery from the negative global wage growth of -0.9% in 2022 due to high inflation rates.

Regional Wage Growth:

  • Emerging Economies: Saw stronger wage growth than advanced economies.
    • Emerging G20 economies: 1.8% growth in 2022 and 6.0% growth in 2023.
  • Advanced Economies: Faced real wage declines.
    • G20 advanced economies: Declined by -2.8% in 2022 and -0.5% in 2023.
  • Fastest Wage Growth: Observed in regions like Asia-Pacific, Central and Western Asia, and Eastern Europe.

Wage Inequality Persistence:

  • Income Distribution: The lowest-paid 10% of workers earn just 0.5% of the global wage bill, while the highest-paid 10% earn nearly 38%.
  • Wage Inequality in Low-Income Countries: Particularly high, with nearly 22% of wage workers classified as low-paid.
  • Women and Informal Economy Workers: More likely to be among the lowest-paid workers, underscoring the need for targeted actions to close wage and employment gaps.

Non-Wage Workers:

  • Globally, one in every three workers is a non-wage worker.
  • In low- and middle-income countries, many workers are self-employed in the informal economy, which skews overall income inequality measures.
  • Income inequality in these regions is higher when including self-employed workers, especially those in informal employment.

Policy Recommendations:

  • Targeted Policies: To reduce wage inequality, countries need stronger wage policies and structural support for equitable growth.
  • Focus Areas:
    • Promote productivity and decent work.
    • Formalization of the informal economy to help reduce income inequality.
  • Inclusive Growth: The ILO emphasizes that national strategies should aim for inclusive economic growth to achieve fair wages and reduce wage gaps.

Key ILO recommendations include

  • Setting wages through social dialogue: wages should be set and adjusted through collective bargaining or agreed minimum wage systems involving governments, workers and employers.
  • Taking an informed approach: wage-setting should take into account both the needs of workers and their families and economic factors.
  • Promoting equality, and equal opportunity of treatment and outcomes: wage policies should support gender equality, equity and non-discrimination.
  • Using strong data: decisions should be based on reliable data and statistics.
  • Addressing root causes of low pay: national policies should reflect each country’s specific context and address the causes of low pay such as informality, low productivity and the under-valuing of jobs in sectors such as the care economy.

India's Gig Economy

  • 28 Nov 2024

In News:

The gig economy market is expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 17 per cent to reach a gross volume of $455 billion by 2024, according to a white paper by the Forum for Progressive Gig Workers.

Key Sectors Supported by Gig Workers:

  • E-commerce: Gig workers play a crucial role in driving growth in the e-commerce sector.
  • Transportation and Delivery Services: These sectors are heavily dependent on gig workers for their operations and services.

Impact on Employment:

  • Job Creation: The gig economy has the potential to create a significant number of jobs, especially in tier 2 and 3 cities, which are emerging as new growth hubs.
  • Alternate Revenue Streams: Gig work provides diverse income opportunities for workers, especially for women, offering them a flexible mode of earning.

Contribution to GDP:

  • The gig economy’s contribution is expected to add 1.25% to India’s GDP over time, highlighting its growing economic importance.

Technological Integration and Future Prospects:

  • AI and Digital Innovation: Future growth is expected to be driven by the integration of artificial intelligence (AI), predictive analytics, and digital innovation, fostering sustainable and inclusive job opportunities.

Social and Economic Benefits:

  • Women's Workforce Participation: The gig economy provides women with more earning opportunities and helps integrate them into the workforce.
  • Welfare Initiatives: Platforms supporting gig workers are increasingly focusing on welfare initiatives, improving the overall working conditions in the sector.

Challenges and Opportunities:

  • Challenges: The evolving dynamics between large companies and gig workers pose challenges in terms of worker rights and fair compensation.
  • Opportunities: The growth of the gig economy presents opportunities for companies to innovate and create inclusive work environments, especially for underserved communities.

Future Developments:

  • Formal Report: The Forum for Progressive Gig Workers plans to collaborate with global organizations to release a formal report with deeper insights and actionable recommendations for the future of gig work

BioE3 Policy

  • 28 Nov 2024

In News:

The BioE3 Policy outlines guidelines and principles for enabling mechanisms for ‘Fostering High Performance Biomanufacturing’ in the country across diverse sectors. 

Key Highlights:

Primary Objective:

  • Set a framework for the adoption of advanced technologies and innovative research to promote biomanufacturing in India.
  • Focus on enhancing efficiency, sustainability, and quality in biomanufacturing.

Alignment with National Goals:

  • Supports India’s vision of Green Growth (Union Budget 2023-24) and Lifestyle for Environment (LiFE), promoting sustainability.
  • Aligns with India’s goal of achieving a Net-Zero carbon economy.
  • Supports the Biomanufacturing and Biofoundry initiative announced in the Interim Budget 2024-25.

Key Objectives:

  • Revolutionize biomanufacturing for better product quality and environmental sustainability.
  • Accelerate the development and commercialization of bio-based, high-value products.
  • Foster high-performance biomanufacturing across diverse sectors.

Achievements of Indian Bioeconomy (2014-2023):

  • Contribution to GDP: Bioeconomy contributes 4.25% to India’s GDP of $3.55 trillion (as of Dec 2023).
  • Growth of Bioeconomy: From $10 billion in 2014 to $151 billion in 2023, surpassing 2025 target.
  • Increase in Biotech Startups: From 50 startups in 2014 to 8,531 startups in 2023.

Implementation Strategy:

  • Establish BioEnablers including Bio-AI Intelligence Hubs, Biofoundries, and Biomanufacturing Hubs across India.
  • Bio-AI Intelligence Hubs will support research and innovation using data-driven approaches and AI to develop technologies for bio-based products.
  • Biofoundries and Biomanufacturing Hubs will provide infrastructure to scale up bio-based technology for commercial applications.

Focus on Human Resource Development:

  • Bio-Enablers will offer training and internships to build a skilled workforce with interdisciplinary and technical skills required for biomanufacturing.

Sectoral Focus Areas:

  • Based on consultations, six thematic sectors of national importance have been identified for implementation:
    • Bio-based chemicals and enzymes
    • Functional foods and smart proteins
    • Precision biotherapeutics
    • Climate-resilient agriculture
    • Carbon capture and utilization
    • Futuristic marine and space research
  • Sectoral Expert Committees are addressing challenges and gaps identified for each of these sectors.

Government Support:

  • The DBT-BIRAC (Department of Biotechnology and Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council) has called for proposals to establish Biofoundries and Biomanufacturing Hubs in academia and industry.
  • These hubs will support innovation and commercialization of biomanufacturing technologies.

National Mission on Natural Farming (NMNF)

  • 27 Nov 2024

In News:

The Union Cabinet approved the launching of the National Mission on Natural Farming (NMNF) as a standalone Centrally Sponsored Scheme under the Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers' Welfare.

Key Highlights

Objective & Focus:

  • Launch of NMNF by the Union Cabinet to promote chemical-free farming in India.
  • Aim to improve soil health, reduce input costs, and produce nutritious food.
  • Support the shift to natural farming (NF), emphasizing local knowledge and agro-ecological principles.

Financial Allocation:

  • Total Outlay: ?2481 crore (Government of India share ?1584 crore, State share ?897 crore) until FY 2025-26.

Key Features of NMNF:

  • Coverage: Targeting 15,000 clusters in Gram Panchayats, covering 7.5 lakh hectares and impacting 1 crore farmers.
  • Bio-Input Resource Centres (BRCs): 10,000 BRCs to supply ready-to-use natural farming inputs.
  • Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs) and Agricultural Universities (AUs): Establishment of 2,000 model demonstration farms for hands-on training in natural farming techniques.
  • Farmer Training: 18.75 lakh farmers to be trained in NF practices such as preparation of organic inputs like Jeevamrit and Beejamrit.
  • Krishi Sakhis/CRPs: Deployment of 30,000 workers for farmer mobilization and awareness.

Implementation Strategy:

  • Farmer Certification System: Providing easy, simple certification for marketing natural farming produce with dedicated branding.
  • Monitoring: Real-time, geo-tagged monitoring of implementation through an online portal.
  • Convergence with other government schemes and organizations for market linkages and support.

Natural Farming Practices:

  • Zero Budget Natural Farming (ZBNF): Promote sustainable farming by using local livestock and diverse crop systems.
  • Benefits: Reduce dependence on external inputs like chemical fertilizers and pesticides, rejuvenate soil quality, and increase resilience to climate risks (e.g., drought, floods).
  • Encourage biodiversity, and improve soil carbon content and water-use efficiency.

Targeted Areas and Farmer Support:

  • Focus on areas where NF practices are already being followed or where farmer producer organizations (FPOs) or self-help groups (SHGs) are active.
  • Training through model demonstration farms will focus on practical, location-specific NF techniques tailored to regional agro-ecologies.

Impact on Agriculture and Environment:

  • Environmental Impact: Encourages sustainable farming by reducing chemical exposure, improving soil health, and promoting climate resilience.
  • Farmer Well-being: By reducing input costs and promoting nutritious food, it aims to improve farmer incomes and family health.
  • Contributing to the long-term health of the environment, ensuring a healthy Mother Earth for future generations.

Challenges and Concerns:

  • Soil Nutrient Compromise: Concerns that some crops, like rice, might require chemical fertilizers (e.g., NPK) for optimal growth, which may not be sufficiently replaced by organic manure alone.
  • The shift to natural farming requires significant awareness and training to ensure sustainable and productive yields.

Institutional Framework:

  • Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers’ Welfare is the implementing body.
  • Collaboration with KVKs, AUs, and farmer organizations ensures grassroots level support and knowledge dissemination.

Riyadh Design Law Treaty (DLT)

  • 27 Nov 2024

In News:

  • India reaffirms its commitment to inclusive growth and strengthening its intellectual property (IP) ecosystem.The signing of the treaty comes after nearly two decades of negotiations.

Key Highlights:

Purpose of the DLT:

  • Aims to harmonize industrial design protection frameworks across multiple jurisdictions.
  • Improves efficiency and accessibility of design registration processes.

Key Features of the DLT:

  • Grace Period: A 12-month grace period after the first disclosure of the design, ensuring its validity for registration.
  • Flexibility for Applicants: Provides relief measures such as relaxed deadlines, reinstatement of lost rights, and flexibility in adding priority claims.
  • Simplified Processes: Includes simplified procedures for design renewals, assignment, and license recording.
  • E-Filing Systems: Promotes the adoption of electronic filing systems and exchange of priority documents.

Benefits of DLT:

  • Empowering SMEs and Startups: Helps small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and startups protect designs globally, enhancing competitiveness and market growth.
  • Reduced Administrative Burden: Standardizes procedures, making the design protection process less complex, more predictable, and affordable.
  • Support for Developing Countries: Offers technical assistance for implementation in developing and least-developed countries.

Significance for India:

  • India’s rich heritage of design and craftsmanship underscores the importance of design protection for sustainable economic growth.
  • Design registrations in India have surged, with a 120% increase in domestic filings over the last two years.

Supporting Programs:

  • The treaty’s provisions align with India’s initiatives like Startup India and the Startups Intellectual Property Protection (SIPP) Scheme to boost the protection and commercialization of designs for Indian innovators.

Broader Impact:

  • DLT aims to integrate design protection with traditional knowledge and cultural expressions, further enhancing protection for India’s diverse creative sectors.

About WIPO:

  • The World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, is a specialized UN agency established in 1967, promoting IP rights globally.
  • India is a member of WIPO, which has 193 member countries.

Overview of Intellectual Property (IP):

  • IP includes creations like inventions, industrial designs, literary and artistic works, symbols, and more, which are used in commerce.
  • IP rights protect creators, allowing them to benefit from their work when commercially exploited.

National Gopal Ratna Award 2024

  • 26 Nov 2024

In News:

The Department of Animal Husbandry and Dairying (DAHD) declared the winners of the National Gopal Ratna Awards(NGRA); one of the highest National Awards in the field of livestock and dairy sector for the year 2024.

About the National Gopal Ratna Awards (NGRA):

  • Purpose:Recognize and encourage individuals, AI technicians, dairy cooperatives, and farmer organizations in the livestock and dairy sector.
  • Categories:
    • Best Dairy Farmer (Indigenous Cattle/Buffalo Breeds)
    • Best Artificial Insemination Technician (AIT)
    • Best Dairy Cooperative/Milk Producer Company (MPC)/Dairy Farmer Producer Organization
  1. Addition (2024):Special awards for North Eastern Region (NER) to promote dairy development in the area, with winners in all three categories.
  2. and Prizes:
  • Rs. 5 lakhs for 1st rank, Rs. 3 lakhs for 2nd rank, Rs. 2 lakhs for 3rd rank, and Rs. 2 lakhs for Special NER Award in the categories of Best Dairy Farmer and Best Dairy Cooperative/FPO/MPCs.
  • For Best AIT, winners will receive a Certificate of Merit and a memento.
  1. Process:Winners selected from 2,574 applications via an online portal (https://awards.gov.in).
  1.  
  • The livestock sector is crucial for India's economy, contributing significantly to agriculture and providing livelihood, especially for small and marginal farmers, women, and landless laborers.
  • Indigenous breeds have immense genetic potential, but their population and performance have been declining. To address this, the Rashtriya Gokul Mission was launched under the National Programme for Bovine Breeding and Dairy Development in 2014 to conserve and develop indigenous bovine breeds.

National Milk Day

  • It is celebrated annually on November 26 in India to honor the significant contributions of milk and the dairy industry to the country's development.
  • The day commemorates the birth anniversary of Dr VergheseKurien, the "Father of the White Revolution" in India, who played a pivotal role in transforming India into the largest producer of milk globally.
  • National Milk Day was first celebrated on November 26, 2014, after the Indian Dairy Association (IDA), along with various dairy institutions across the country.

Nepal-Bangladesh Power Transfer via India

  • 19 Nov 2024

In News:

Nepal starts exporting energy to Bangladesh with Indian grid support.

Significance of the Power Transfer:

  • Energy Cooperation:
    • A major step in regional energy cooperation among Nepal, India, and Bangladesh.
    • Strengthens sub-regional connectivity in the power sector.
  • Nepal’s Hydropower Potential:
    • Nepal, a Himalayan nation, possesses untapped hydropower resources, and this agreement opens the door for future cross-border electricity cooperation.
    • Nepal’s energy exports are a green energy initiative, supporting sustainable industrial growth in Bangladesh and regional prosperity.
  • Electricity Crisis in Bangladesh:
    • Bangladesh is facing an ongoing electricity shortage, worsened by the suspension of power supply from Adani’s Godda plant and the maintenance of the Payra thermal unit.
    • The addition of 40 MW of Nepalese hydroelectric power aims to alleviate the energy shortfall in Bangladesh.

Tripartite Power Sales Agreement:

  • Agreement Details:
    • The agreement for power transfer was signed in October 2023 between:
      • NTPC Vidyut Vyapar Nigam (NVVN) (India)
      • Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) (Nepal)
      • Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) (Bangladesh).
    • Power Export: Nepal has started exporting 40 MW of electricity, which marks a significant milestone in trilateral power cooperation.

Key Entities Involved:

  • NTPC Vidyut Vyapar Nigam (NVVN):
    • A wholly owned subsidiary of NTPC Ltd. (National Thermal Power Corporation), created to facilitate power trading.
    • NVVN is diversifying into renewables, e-mobility, and green fuel solutions.
  • NTPC Ltd.:
    • A Maharatna PSU under India’s Ministry of Power, established to develop power resources in India.
    • Involved in large-scale power generation and clean energy initiatives

WIPO 2024 Report

  • 18 Nov 2024

In News:

India continues to make significant strides in intellectual property filings, ranking among the top 10 countries for patents, trademarks, and industrial designs.

India’s Performance in Global Intellectual Property (IP) Filings:

  • Overall Growth: India continues to make significant strides in intellectual property filings, ranking among the top 10 countries for patents, trademarks, and industrial designs.
  • Patent Applications: India recorded a +15.7% growth in patent applications in 2023, marking its fifth consecutive year of double-digit growth, placing it among the top contributors to global patent filings.
  • Trademark Filings: India ranks 4th globally in trademark filings, reflecting the country’s growing focus on brand protection.
  • Industrial Designs: India saw a 36.4% surge in industrial design applications, emphasizing creativity and design innovation.

India’s Global Patent Ranking:

  • Global Rank: India ranks 6th globally for patent applications with 64,480 filings in 2023.
  • Resident Filings: For the first time, over half (55.2%) of India’s patent applications were filed by residents, highlighting growing domestic innovation.
  • Patent Grants: A 149.4% increase in granted patents in 2023 underscores the efficiency of India’s patent office and the rising quality of applications.

Key Metrics and Trends in Patents:

  • Patent-to-GDP Ratio: India’s patent-to-GDP ratio grew from 144 in 2013 to 381 in 2023, signaling a knowledge-driven economy.
  • Sectoral Diversity: India’s patent filings span diverse sectors, including agriculture, pharmaceuticals, IT, and renewable energy, showcasing the broad scope of innovation.

Surge in Industrial Design Applications:

  • Growth Rate: A 36.4% increase in industrial design filings in 2023, reflecting a shift towards value-added industries focused on product design and functionality.
  • Leading Sectors: Key sectors driving design filings include textiles, accessories, tools, machines, and health & cosmetics.
  • Manufacturing Transformation: This growth signals India’s transition from basic manufacturing to a more design-driven, innovation-focused ecosystem.

Trademark Filings:

  • Global Rank: India ranks 4th globally in trademark filings with a 6.1% increase over the previous year.
  • Resident Filings: Nearly 90% of trademark filings in India were made by domestic entities, highlighting a strong focus on brand protection.
  • Active Trademarks: India now has over 3.2 million active trademarks, the second-largest in the world, reflecting a competitive and dynamic domestic marketplace.

Sectoral Trends in Trademarks:

  • Leading Sectors: Health (21.9%), agriculture (15.3%), and clothing (12.8%) were the top sectors for trademark filings, underscoring India’s leadership in pharmaceuticals, food production, and fashion.
  • Global Expansion: The rise in trademark filings also mirrors the increasing global demand for Indian products and services.

India’s Contribution to Global IP Growth:

  • Global Trend: In 2023, a record 3.55 million patent applications were filed worldwide, with India contributing significantly to this surge, particularly in emerging markets.
  • Local Innovation Focus: India’s rising resident filings in patents and trademarks point to a shift towards local innovation, with more Indian businesses and startups protecting their intellectual property.

Government Initiatives Fueling IP Growth:

  • National IPR Policy: Launched in 2016, this policy fosters innovation, improves IP awareness, and supports domestic IP development.
    • Key Measures: Modernization of IP offices, improvements in procedural requirements, and IP education initiatives.
  • Atmanirbhar Bharat: Government campaigns like Atmanirbhar Bharat have supported local innovation and made Indian businesses more IP-conscious.
  • Startup India & Atal Innovation Mission: These initiatives have further strengthened India’s innovation ecosystem by promoting entrepreneurship, research, and technological advancement.
    • Startup India: Over 1,49,000 recognized startups as of September 2024.
    • Atal Innovation Mission: More than 10,000 Atal Tinkering Labs in schools and 3,500+ startups incubated across India.

Assam’s Semiconductor Plant

  • 18 Nov 2024

In News:

A Semiconductor Plant has been set up in Morigaon, Assam, projected for completion by mid-2025.

Overview of the Morigaon Semiconductor Plant:

  • Location: Morigaon, Assam.
  • Investor: Tata Semiconductor Assembly and Test Pvt Ltd (TSAT).
  • Investment: ?27,000 crore.
  • Production Capacity: Expected to produce 48 million semiconductor chips daily.
  • Technology: Utilizes advanced packaging technologies such as flip chip and Integrated System in Package (ISIP).
  • Sectors Served: Automotive, electric vehicles, telecommunications, consumer electronics.
  • Completion: Projected to be completed by mid-2025.
  • Job Creation: Expected to generate 15,000 direct jobs and 11,000-13,000 indirect jobs.
  • Market Reach: Will serve both domestic and international markets, enhancing India's position in the global semiconductor supply chain.

India's Semiconductor Industry and Market Growth:

  • Market Size (2023): Estimated at $38 billion.
  • Projected Growth: Expected to grow to $109 billion by 2030.
  • Government Initiatives: Several initiatives have been launched to promote domestic semiconductor manufacturing, including the India Semiconductor Mission (ISM) and the Semicon India Program.

India Semiconductor Mission (ISM):

  • Objective: To build a self-reliant semiconductor ecosystem in India.
  • Launched: 2021 with a financial outlay of ?76,000 crore.
  • Scope: Covers semiconductor fabs, packaging, display manufacturing, Outsourced Semiconductor Assembly and Testing (OSAT), sensors, and other critical components.
  • Support Schemes: Includes Modified Schemes for setting up Semiconductor and Display Fabs, as well as support for Compound Semiconductors, Silicon Photonics, and Sensors.

Key Projects in Semiconductor Industry:

  • Morigaon Facility: Part of the broader government-backed initiative to enhance semiconductor production in India.
  • Other Facilities: New semiconductor units by Tata Electronics (Dholera, Gujarat), CG Power (Sanand, Gujarat), and KaynesSemicon Pvt Ltd (Sanand, Gujarat).
  • Modernization: The Semi-Conductor Laboratory in Mohali is being modernized, alongside initiatives like the Scheme for Promotion of Manufacturing of Electronic Components and Semiconductors (SPECS) and the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme.

Strategic Importance of Semiconductors:

  • Role in Modern Electronics: Semiconductors are critical for a wide range of devices like computers, smartphones, solar cells, LEDs, and integrated circuits.
  • Global Dependence: The global semiconductor market has significant reliance on suppliers like Taiwan (44%), China (28%), and South Korea (12%).
  • Global Shortage: The 2021 chip shortage highlighted the vulnerability of global supply chains, prompting efforts by countries to boost domestic semiconductor production.

Government Support for Semiconductor Manufacturing:

  • Financial Incentives: The government offers fiscal support for setting up semiconductor manufacturing plants:
    • 50% of project cost support under the Semiconductor Fab Scheme and the Display Fab Scheme.
    • Support for Compound Semiconductors and Chips to Startup (C2S) initiatives.
    • Training 85,000 engineers through the C2S Programme in collaboration with academic institutions, R&D organizations, and MSMEs.

Europe’s Digital Euro

  • 16 Nov 2024

In News:

The digital euro, a central bank digital currency (CBDC) being developed by the European Central Bank (ECB), aims to revolutionize Europe’s digital payment landscape. However, while the ECB has marketed it as a convenient, free, anonymous, and reliable alternative to existing cashless options like credit cards and mobile payment apps, the true purpose of the digital euro goes beyond these simplified claims.

Key Aspects of the Digital Euro

  • Direct Issuance by the ECB: Unlike traditional digital payments that rely on intermediaries like banks or payment service providers, the digital euro is issued directly by the European Central Bank. This allows for peer-to-peer transactions without the need for third-party banks or payment gateways. It can be used for offline transactions, which is a major technical innovation that sets it apart from other digital currencies.
  • A Digital Version of Cash: The digital euro is essentially a digital version of legal tender (cash), providing an alternative to cash in a world increasingly dominated by digital payments. Its key feature is direct payment between users, bypassing the traditional banking system. It aims to offer the same advantages as cash, such as anonymity, but with the convenience of digital transactions.
  • Cost Reduction and Micro-Payments: The digital euro promises to lower transaction costs, especially for micro-payments that are currently prohibitively expensive using conventional bank transfers or digital services like PayPal. This cost efficiency is intended to enable new business models by lowering the friction in digital transactions, thus encouraging innovation in commerce.

The ECB’s Claims vs. the Real Motivation

While the ECB portrays the digital euro as a means to make payments easier, faster, and more secure, there is an underlying political and economic agenda that goes beyond improving consumer convenience.

  • Sovereignty and Competition: One of the main drivers behind the digital euro is Europe’s desire to assert its digital sovereignty. The ECB positions the digital euro as a tool to strengthen the euro’s competitiveness against non-European payment providers, particularly those from the United States like PayPal, Apple Pay, and Google Pay. The EU is concerned that foreign companies may dominate the digital payment landscape, thereby reducing Europe's ability to control its own financial systems.
    • This is a defensive measure to protect European financial interests. By creating a state-backed alternative to privately controlled digital payment systems, the EU aims to ensure that Europe does not become reliant on foreign corporations for essential services.
  • Not About Citizens’ Convenience Alone: While the ECB frames the digital euro as a user-friendly solution for consumers, the real concern is about the control over digital currency. The digital euro offers a more centralized alternative compared to the decentralized nature of cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin. The ECB aims to harness the power of the state in regulating and controlling digital transactions, thus consolidating private property and ensuring the smooth functioning of Europe’s monetary policies.
  • A Tool for Strengthening the Euro: The digital euro is also seen as part of Europe’s broader ambition to establish the euro as a dominant global currency. As the first fully-regulated digital currency issued by a central bank, it could position the euro to compete against other digital currencies, including the digital yuan or the U.S. dollar. The EU sees the digital euro as a way to expand its geopolitical influence by promoting its own currency as a global standard for digital payments.

Global Maritime Conference

  • 16 Nov 2024

In News:

In a bid to enhance India’s clout in the global merchant shipping sector, the government recently hosted a two-day global maritime conference – Sagarmanthan: The Great Oceans Dialogue.

Key Highlights:

  • Purpose of the Conference:
  • To enhance India's maritime influence and position India as a key player in the global maritime sector, especially in merchant shipping and maritime trade.
  • To showcase India's ambitions in expanding its role in global maritime trade, governance, and collaboration.
  • India's Maritime Ambitions:
  • Despite being the most populous nation and one of the largest global economies, India’s maritime clout has been relatively lower than expected.
  • The dialogue aims to shift global attention towards India's growing role and contributions to maritime trade and shipping.
  • India's Maritime Growth:
  • India contributed to 16% of global maritime growth in 2023 and is on track to become the third-largest global economy within three years.
  • As India’s economic and geopolitical influence expands, maritime governance will become increasingly significant, necessitating deeper international collaborations in commerce, connectivity, and trade.
  • Focus Areas of the Dialogue:
  • Global Maritime Trade: India's expanding role in international shipping, trade routes, and maritime security.
  • International Collaborations: Promoting deeper engagement in maritime governance and policy-making ecosystems.
  • Human Well-being: Highlighting the role of maritime trade in supporting human welfare, particularly in the context of sustainable development and climate change.
  • Significance for India:
  • The conference serves as a platform to discuss India’s aspirations, policies, and presence in global maritime affairs.
  • It is an opportunity to strengthen maritime relations and address issues of global relevance such as trade routes, shipping governance, and environmental sustainability

Domestic Systemically Important Banks (D-SIBs)

  • 15 Nov 2024

In News:

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) retained the State Bank of India, HDFC Bank and ICICI Bank as Domestic Systemically Important Banks (D-SIBs).

Overview of D-SIBs

  • Definition: D-SIBs are banks that are 'Too Big to Fail' (TBTF) and their failure could significantly disrupt essential banking services, affecting the economy.
  • RBI Classification: The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has designated SBI, HDFC Bank, and ICICI Bank as D-SIBs.
  • Bucketing System: These banks are classified into different buckets based on their systemic importance.

Importance of D-SIBs

  • Systemic Importance: Banks are considered systemically important due to their:
    • Size
    • Cross-jurisdictional activities
    • Complexity
    • Interconnectedness with the economy
  • Impact of Failure: Failure of a D-SIB could cause significant disruption in the banking system and economy, impacting services like payments, loans, etc.

Why D-SIBs are Created

  • Risk of Disruption: The failure of a large bank can disrupt essential services and lead to a broader economic crisis.
  • TBTF Perception: These banks are often perceived as Too Big to Fail, leading to an expectation of government support during crises. This creates moral hazard, encouraging riskier behavior.

Assessment and Selection of D-SIBs

  • Two-Step Process:
    • Step 1: Selection of banks based on their size, complexity, and interconnectedness. Only banks with systemic importance are assessed (e.g., banks with assets > 2% of GDP).
    • Step 2: Calculation of systemic importance score based on a range of indicators. Banks above a certain threshold are classified as D-SIBs.
  • Indicators: Size (measured by Basel III Leverage Ratio Exposure Measure), interconnectedness, substitutability, and complexity are key factors.

Bucket Allocation and Capital Requirements

  • D-SIBs are assigned to five buckets based on their systemic importance score:
    • Bucket 1: Lowest capital surcharge (e.g., ICICI Bank).
    • Bucket 5: Highest capital surcharge.
  • Additional Capital Requirements:
    • SBI: Additional 0.80% CET1 (Common Equity Tier 1) on Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs).
    • HDFC Bank: Additional 0.40% CET1.
    • ICICI Bank: Additional 0.20% CET1.
    • The higher the bucket, the higher the capital surcharge.

Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs)

  • Global List: Identified by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) based on data from the previous year.
  • 2023 G-SIB List includes banks like JP Morgan Chase, Bank of America, HSBC, etc.
  • Capital Requirement for G-SIBs in India: Foreign G-SIBs with branch presence in India must meet additional CET1 requirements, proportional to their operations in India.

Key Terms

  • Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs): These are used to calculate the minimum capital a bank must hold. It accounts for the risk level of a bank’s assets.
  • Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1): The highest quality of capital a bank can hold, primarily made up of common stock, to absorb losses in times of distress.

Sea Ranching Initiative off Vizhinjam Coast

  • 14 Nov 2024

In News:

  • The State Fisheries Department in Kerala launched a sea ranching project by releasing 20,000 pompano (Trachinotus blochii) fingerlings off the Vizhinjam coast as part of the artificial reef project.
  • Coordinates: The fingerlings were released near artificial reef modules placed 1.5 nautical miles off the coast.
  • Follow-up to Artificial Reef Project: The release of fingerlings is a follow-up to the artificial reef project aimed at replenishing marine fishery resources and promoting sustainable fishing practices.

Project Details

  • Fingerling Release: The first batch of 20,000 pompano was released as part of the broader initiative to release 10 lakh fingerlings (pompano and cobia) at 10 locations along the Thiruvananthapuram coast.
  • Location and Quantity: At each location, 1 lakh fingerlings will be released, where artificial reefs have already been deployed under the Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY).
  • Reef Design: Artificial reefs consist of 150 reef modules (triangular, flower, and pipe-shaped) created at 42 locations off 33 fishing villages in the Thiruvananthapuram district.

Objective and Benefits

  • Marine Resource Replenishment: The primary aim is to replenish marine fishery resources in the region by enhancing biodiversity through the introduction of fingerlings.
  • Sustainable Fishing: The project aims to promote sustainable fishing practices by supporting fish populations and ensuring long-term fishery health.
  • Attraction of Fish Species: The artificial reefs have already attracted a variety of fish species, including tuna, trevally, and mackerel, enhancing the fishing ecosystem.

Implementation and Funding

  • Scheme: The project is being implemented under the Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY), which focuses on sustainable fisheries development.
  • Central Approval: The National Fisheries Development Board (NFDB) approved the ?3 crore funding for the initial phase in Thiruvananthapuram.
  • Proposed Expansions:
    • Phase II: A proposal for extending the artificial reef project to 96 villages in the districts of Kollam, Alappuzha, Ernakulam, and Thrissur with an estimated cost of ?29.76 crore.
    • Phase III: A similar proposal for 96 villages in the northern districts of Malappuram, Kozhikode, Kannur, and Kasaragod with an estimated cost of ?25.82 crore.

Mission and Fingerlings Details

  • Fingerlings:
    • Pompano (Trachinotus blochii) and Cobia (Rachycentron canadum) fingerlings were reared at the Ayiramthengu fish farm.
    • Each fingerling weighs between 8 to 10 grams.
    • The release aims to stock marine areas with species that will contribute to biodiversity and fisheries sustainability.

Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY)

  • Launched: PMMSY is a Centrally funded scheme under the Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry, and Dairying.
  • Goal: The scheme focuses on sustainable fisheries development to enhance fisheries production, boost aquaculture, and promote responsible fishing practices.
  • Funding: The scheme involves both Central and State Government funding for projects related to fisheries management, infrastructure development, and resource conservation.

Mission Fingerling

  • Launched: 2017 by the Union Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers’ Welfare.
  • Objective: To achieve the Blue Revolution by holistically developing and managing fisheries in India.
  • Production Target: The mission aimed to increase fisheries production from 10.79 MMT (2014-15) to 15 MMT by 2020-21.

OECD Report on Indian Agricultural Policies

  • 14 Nov 2024

In News:

  • In 2023, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) revealed that Indian farmers faced the highest implicit taxation globally, amounting to USD 120 billion.
  • Implicit Taxation: This taxation arises from government policies like export bans, duties, and price controls, aimed at lowering food prices for consumers but reducing the income of farmers.
  • Export Restrictions: Key commodities affected include rice, sugar, onions, and de-oiled rice bran.

Impact on Indian Farmers

  • Market Price Support (MPS):
    • Negative MPS: In 2023, Indian agricultural policies resulted in a negative MPS of USD 110 billion.
    • Farmers received lower prices than international market rates due to export bans and trade restrictions, impacting their income.
  • Budgetary Support: Despite government subsidies and the Minimum Support Price (MSP) worth USD 10 billion, negative MPS outweighed positive support, leading to an overall loss for farmers.
  • Farmer’s Share in Global Negative Support:
    • India’s share of global negative price support in 2023 was 62.5%, a significant increase from 61% in 2000-02.

Global Agricultural Policy Trends

  • Global Support: Total support for agriculture across 54 countries averaged USD 842 billion annually (2021-2023). However, there was a decline in support in 2022-23 from the pandemic-era peak.
  • Challenges:
    • Geopolitical Tensions (e.g., Russia-Ukraine war) and climate change are exacerbating global agricultural production and trade.
    • Export Restrictions in various countries are distorting international agricultural markets.
    • Farmer Protests across countries reflect the economic and social struggles of the farming community.
  • Sustainability Issues: Global agricultural productivity growth is slowing, posing challenges to feeding a growing population sustainably.

India's Agricultural Policies

  • Export Bans and Restrictions: These policies are intended to control domestic prices but undermine farmers’ income by lowering market prices for key agricultural products.
  • Minimum Support Price (MSP): MSP is meant to protect farmers, but is often set below international market rates, leading to a negative price effect.
  • Regulatory Constraints: Policies like the Essential Commodities Act (1955) and APMC Act (2003), though aimed at ensuring food security, often lead to price suppression for farmers.
  • Price Depressing Policies: India's agricultural policies result in lower farm-gate prices due to price controls, government-set procurement prices, and lack of market access.

Negative Market Price Support (MPS)

  • Historical Trends:
    • From 2014-2016, India’s Producer Support Estimate (PSE) was -6.2%, driven mainly by negative MPS (-13.1%).
    • The PSE measures the annual value of transfers to farmers, both from consumers and the government.
  • Inefficiencies:
    • Infrastructure Gaps: Poor infrastructure and high transaction costs lower the prices farmers receive.
    • Inefficient Resource Allocation: Short-term subsidies for inputs (fertilizers, irrigation) don’t address long-term agricultural challenges like climate change and market access.

Government Support Programs

  • Subsidies and Schemes:
    • National Mission on Sustainable Agriculture (NMSA)
    • Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojana (PKVY) for organic farming.
    • Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY) to promote agricultural development.
    • Digital Agriculture Mission and Unified Farmer Service Platform (UFSP) for modernizing agricultural practices.
  • Sustainability Efforts:
    • The government has introduced initiatives like AgriStack and Mission Organic Value Chain Development in the North East to enhance sustainable agricultural practices and reduce the negative impacts on farmers.

Global Context and Recommendations

  • Environmental Public Goods Payments (EPGP): Only 0.3% of total producer support is dedicated to environmental sustainability, despite the growing need for climate-resilient agriculture.
  • Sustainable Agricultural Practices: The OECD advocates for governments to tie producer support to sustainable farming practices, including the use of metrics like Total Factor Productivity (TFP) and Agri-Environmental Indicators (AEIs).
    • TFP measures agricultural efficiency, while AEIs assess the environmental impacts of farming.

OECD Overview

  • OECD Function: Founded in 1961, the OECD is an international organization of 38 countries that promotes prosperity, equality, and well-being through economic reports, data, and policy analysis.
  • India’s Role: India has been an OECD Key Partner since 2007, engaging with the OECD on various policy issues, though it is not a member.

RBI's New Framework for Reclassification of FPI to FDI

  • 13 Nov 2024

In News:

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) directed foreign portfolio investors (FPIs) to obtain necessary approvals from the government and concurrence from the investee companies when their equity holdings go beyond the prescribed limits and they reclassify the holdings as foreign direct investment (FDI).

  • Approval Requirement:
    • FPIs (Foreign Portfolio Investors) must obtain necessary government approvals when reclassifying their foreign portfolio investments (FPIs) into Foreign Direct Investment (FDI).
    • Approvals are mandatory, including those related to investments from countries sharing a land border with India.
  • Investment Limits:
    • According to FEMA (NDI) Rules, 2019, an FPI’s investment in an Indian company should not exceed 10% of the total paid-up equity capital (on a fully diluted basis).
    • If the FPI exceeds this limit, it has 5 trading days from the settlement of trades to either divest or reclassify the excess holdings as FDI.
  • Restrictions on Reclassification:
    • Reclassification to FDI is not allowed in sectors where FDI is prohibited.
    • FPIs must ensure compliance with FDI norms, such as entry routes, sectoral caps, investment limits, pricing guidelines, and other related conditions.
  • Concurrence from Investee Companies:
    • The FPI must obtain the concurrence of the investee company for reclassifying the investment into FDI.
    • This ensures that the company adheres to conditions related to prohibited sectors, sectoral caps, and government approvals.
  • Reclassification Procedure:
    • The FPI must clearly state its intent to reclassify the investment to FDI and provide the necessary approvals and concurrence to its custodian.
    • The custodian is responsible for freezing the FPI's purchase transactions in the investee company’s equity instruments until the reclassification is complete.
  • Regulatory Adherence:
    • The reclassification must follow the relevant provisions for FDI, including compliance with the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) and FDI guidelines.

Nano-Coating Technology for Fertilizer Efficiency

  • 12 Nov 2024

In News:

A mechanically stable, biodegradable, hydrophobic nanocoating material can enhance the nutrient use efficiency of chemical fertilizers by tuning them for slow release, thereby limiting their interaction with the rhizosphere soil, water and microbes.

Development of Slow-Release Fertilizers:

  • A biodegradable, hydrophobic nanocoating has been developed to enhance the nutrient use efficiency of chemical fertilizers.
  • The nanocoating allows for slow release of nutrients, thus limiting excessive interaction with soil, water, and microbes, and optimizing fertilizer usage.

Coating Composition:

  • The coating is made from nanoclay-reinforced binary carbohydrates, primarily chitosan (a biopolymer from chitin) and lignin (a plant-based polymer).
  • These materials are low-cost, naturally derived, and eco-friendly, ensuring sustainability and reducing the environmental impact of fertilizer use.

Technological Innovation:

  • The coating process involves using a drum rotor method to uniformly coat fertilizers, improving their efficiency.
  • The tuning of hydrophobicity in the nanocoating alters the release kinetics of fertilizers, ensuring that nutrients are released in accordance with the crop’s nutrient uptake needs.

Sustainability and Biodegradability:

  • The nanocoating is biodegradable, which ensures that it does not harm the environment post-application, unlike conventional chemical fertilizers that may lead to soil degradation and water pollution.
  • Life cycle assessment confirms the product's long-term sustainability compared to traditional fertilizers.

Enhanced Crop Productivity:

  • The slow-release coating enables a reduced fertilizer dose, while maintaining or even increasing crop yields, particularly for staple crops like rice and wheat.
  • This technology facilitates higher agricultural output with fewer inputs, contributing to food security.

Industrial Viability:

  • The mechanical stability of the coated fertilizers ensures they can withstand transportation and handling, making them suitable for large-scale industrial application.
  • The rotary drum system used for coating ensures uniform application and superior mechanical performance, ensuring that the fertilizers are not damaged during the supply chain process.

Economic Benefits:

  • The use of slow-release fertilizers can reduce overall fertilizer costs for farmers while enhancing yields, leading to improved socio-economic conditions for farmers.
  • The technology holds potential for economic growth by boosting agricultural productivity and reducing the financial burden on farmers for chemical fertilizer inputs.

Global Relevance:

  • The research is significant in the context of global sustainable development goals, aiming to reduce the over-reliance on conventional chemical fertilizers that contribute to soil degradation, water contamination, and greenhouse gas emissions.

Research Collaboration:

  • This breakthrough was achieved by scientists from the Institute of Nano Science and Technology (INST), Mohali, in collaboration with the Department of Science and Technology (DST).
  • The findings were published in the peer-reviewed journal Environmental Science: Nano, highlighting its scientific validation.

State of Food and Agriculture 2024Report

  • 12 Nov 2024

In News:

  • India's annual hidden costs from agrifood systems total $1.3 trillion, the third-largest globally, after China ($1.8 trillion) and the US ($1.4 trillion).
  • These costs are mainly driven by unhealthy dietary patterns leading to non-communicable diseases (NCDs), such as heart disease, diabetes, and stroke.

Major Contributors to Hidden Costs:

  • Unhealthy Diets: Over 73% of India’s hidden costs stem from unhealthy dietary habits, including:
    • Excessive consumption of processed foods and additives ($128 billion).
    • Low intake of plant-based foods, fruits, and beneficial fatty acids ($846 billion).
  • These dietary risks contribute to a significant health burden, increasing the prevalence of NCDs and reducing labor productivity.

Global Context:

  • Global hidden costs of agrifood systems amount to $12 trillion annually.
  • 70% of these costs (~$8.1 trillion) arise from unhealthy dietary patterns, which include high intakes of sugar, salt, and processed foods, contributing to diseases and economic losses.

Health Impacts:

  • The report identifies 13 dietary risk factors that contribute to NCDs, including insufficient intake of whole grains, fruits, vegetables, and excessive sodium, with varying effects across different agrifood systems.

Environmental and Social Costs:

  • Environmental Costs: High costs from unsustainable agricultural practices, including greenhouse gas emissions and nitrogen runoff. In some agrifood systems, environmental costs can reach up to 20% of GDP.
  • Social Costs: High poverty rates among agrifood workers and undernourishment in systems like protracted crises and traditional agrifood systems contribute significantly to the hidden costs.

India’s Agrifood System Profile:

  • India’s agrifood system faces significant challenges related to low wages, poor productivity, and poverty among agrifood workers, driven by distributional failures.
  • Climate Change and Environmental Degradation: Issues like droughts, floods, and soil degradation threaten food security and agricultural sustainability in India.

Recommendations for Transformative Change:

  • True Cost Accounting: Implementing this method can help better capture hidden costs and enable more informed decision-making for a sustainable agrifood system.
  • Healthier Diets: Policies to make nutritious food more affordable and accessible to reduce health-related hidden costs.
  • Sustainability Incentives: Encouraging practices that reduce greenhouse gas emissions, harmful land-use changes, and biodiversity loss, using labelling, certification, and industry standards.
  • Consumer Empowerment: Providing accessible information about the environmental, social, and health impacts of food choices, ensuring even vulnerable households benefit from healthier options.

India’s Path Forward:

  • India has several ongoing initiatives for sustainable agriculture, including:
    • National Mission for Sustainable Agriculture (NMSA).
    • Eat Right Initiative.
    • Digital Agriculture Mission (DAM).
  • However, challenges like climate change, soil degradation, and low productivity among smallholder farmers hinder progress toward sustainable food systems.

Key Focus Areas for India’s Agrifood Systems:

  • Support for Smallholder Farmers: Enhancing access to technology, markets, and financial services for marginalized farmers.
  • Sustainable Practices: Adoption of water-efficient practices, soil health restoration, and environmentally friendly farming methods.
  • Collaboration with International Agencies: Cooperation with FAO, WFP, and others to strengthen agricultural reforms and support smallholder farmers.

World’s First CO? to Methanol Plant

  • 10 Nov 2024

In News:

  • NTPC has achieved the first-ever synthesis of CO? (captured from flue gas) and hydrogen (produced via a PEM electrolyzer) into methanol at its Vindhyachal plant.
  • This marks a significant step in carbon management technology, aimed at advancing sustainable fuel production.

About CO?-to-Methanol Conversion:

  • Carbon Dioxide Capture:
    • CO? is captured from industrial sources, such as power plants, or directly from the atmosphere.
  • Hydrogen Production:
    • Renewable energy sources like solar or wind power are used to produce hydrogen through water electrolysis.
  • Methanol Synthesis:
    • The captured CO? is combined with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst to produce methanol, typically under high pressure and temperature conditions.

Benefits of CO?-to-Methanol Conversion:

  • Carbon Capture and Utilization (CCU):
    • This technology reduces the impact of CO? on the atmosphere by converting it into useful products.
  • Renewable Fuel Source:
    • Methanol produced through this process can be used as a fuel for transportation, power generation, or as a feedstock for chemicals.
  • Energy Storage:
    • Methanol offers a more practical storage and transportation option than hydrogen, making it a potential energy storage solution and aiding the transition to hydrogen-based energy systems.
  • Versatile Feedstock:
    • Methanol is widely used in producing chemicals, solvents, and plastics, supporting various industrial applications.

What is Methanol?

  • Brief: Methanol, also known as methyl alcohol or wood alcohol, is the simplest form of alcohol. It is a clear, colorless, and flammable liquid with a distinctive odor.
  • Key Properties:
    • Colorless, miscible with water, toxic if ingested, flammable.

One Sun One World One Grid (OSOWOG) Initiative

  • 10 Nov 2024

In News:

  • India is in talks with Oman, UAE, Saudi Arabia, Maldives, and Singapore to establish cross-border electricity transmission lines.
  • This is part of the ambitious OSOWOG initiative to create a global renewable energy grid.

Key Points:

  • Proposed by the Prime Minister of India at the 2018 International Solar Alliance (ISA) Assembly.
  • Aims to create a transnational electricity grid that delivers power worldwide.
  • Led by India and the UK, in collaboration with ISA and the World Bank Group.

Vision of OSOWOG:

  • Connect regional grids through a common infrastructure for the transfer of renewable energy, focusing on solar power.
  • Harness solar and other renewable energy from regions where the sun is shining and efficiently transmit it to areas of need.
  • Aim to provide power to 140 countries using clean and efficient solar energy.

Phases of OSOWOG:

  • Phase 1:
    • Connect the Indian grid with grids in the Middle East, South Asia, and South-East Asia.
    • Share solar and other renewable energy resources.
  • Phase 2:
    • Expand the interconnected grid to include renewable resources from Africa.
  • Phase 3:
    • Achieve a global interconnection aiming for 2,600 GW by 2050.
    • Integrate as many countries as possible into a single renewable energy grid.

Global Collaboration:

  • Involves national governments, international organizations, legislators, power operators, and experts.
  • Focus on accelerating infrastructure development for a clean energy-powered world.

India's Green Leap

  • 05 Nov 2024

In News:

India's journey toward a sustainable energy future has gained significant momentum with a series of policy reforms designed to reduce reliance on fossil fuels and accelerate the shift to clean energy. The recent Asia-Pacific Climate Report from the Asian Development Bank (ADB) highlights India's remarkable progress in reforming its fossil fuel subsidy system and its efforts to foster renewable energy, positioning the country as a leader in the region's green transformation.

Key Highlights from the Report:

India's Fossil Fuel Subsidy Reform

  • India has successfully reduced fossil fuel subsidies by 85%, from a peak of $25 billion in 2013 to just $3.5 billion by 2023.
  • The reform strategy is built on a "remove, target, and shift" approach, which involved phasing out subsidies on petrol and diesel from 2010 to 2014, followed by incremental tax hikes on these fuels through 2017.
  • These fiscal changes created space for funding renewable energy projects, such as solar parks, electric vehicle initiatives, and infrastructure improvements.

Role of Taxation in Supporting Clean Energy

  • Between 2010 and 2017, India introduced a cess on coal production and imports, which contributed significantly to funding clean energy projects. Approximately 30% of the cess was directed to the National Clean Energy and Environment Fund.
  • This funding supported major renewable energy initiatives, including the National Solar Mission and Green Energy Corridor project, helping reduce the cost of utility-scale solar energy and expand off-grid renewable energy solutions.
  • The introduction of the Goods and Services Tax (GST) in 2017 altered the financial landscape, redirecting the cess funds to GST compensation rather than directly to clean energy.

Government Schemes and Initiatives

  • India is advancing its clean energy agenda through several key government schemes:
    • National Green Hydrogen Mission: Aimed at establishing India as a leader in green hydrogen production.
    • PM-KUSUM Scheme: Focused on promoting solar energy among farmers, allowing them to produce renewable power.
    • PM Surya Ghar: Muft Bijli Yojana: A program designed to provide solar energy access to rural communities, reducing dependency on fossil fuels.

A Strategic Shift: From Subsidies to Clean Energy

  • India’s subsidy reforms are an important part of its strategy to transition from a reliance on fossil fuels to a focus on renewable energy investments.
  • These changes reflect India’s long-term goal of achieving net-zero emissions by 2070, as outlined in its climate action plans.

Global Significance of India’s Efforts

  • The reduction in fossil fuel subsidies and the surge in clean energy investment serve as a model for other nations seeking to balance economic development with climate action.
  • India’s approach demonstrates that policy reforms and innovative financing mechanisms can be used to accelerate the transition to a cleaner, greener economy while creating job opportunities and fostering economic growth.

NAMO DRONE DIDI

  • 05 Nov 2024

In News:

Department of Agriculture & Farmers’ Welfare has released the Operational Guidelines of Central Sector Scheme “NAMO DRONE DIDI”

Key Highlights:

Objective:

  • Empower women through Self-Help Groups (SHGs) by providing drones for agricultural rental services.
  • Aim to support 14,500 SHGs from 2024 to 2026.

Scheme Overview:

  • Type: Central Sector Scheme, under the Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana – National Rural Livelihood Mission (DAY-NRLM).
  • Ministry: Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare.
  • Target: Women SHGs for providing drone services in agriculture (e.g., nutrient and pesticide spraying).

Key Features:

  • Financial Assistance:
    • 80% subsidy (up to ?8 lakh) for SHGs to purchase drones.
    • Loans for the remaining 20% via the National Agriculture Infra Financing Facility (AIF) with 3% interest subvention.
  • Drone Package:
    • Includes drones, spray assemblies, batteries, cameras, chargers, and measurement tools.
    • Additional batteries and propellers allow up to 20 acres of coverage per day.
  • Training Program:
    • One SHG member will be selected for 15 days of mandatory training.
    • Focus on drone operation and agricultural tasks (nutrient and pesticide spraying).
  • Implementation & Oversight:
    • Central Governance: Empowered Committee comprising secretaries from key ministries (Agriculture, Rural Development, Fertilizers, Civil Aviation, and Women and Child Development).
    • State Level: Lead Fertilizer Companies (LFCs) will implement the scheme in coordination with state departments and SHG federations.
    • Monitoring: IT-based Management Information System (MIS) through the Drone Portal for real-time tracking and fund disbursement.
  • Financial Flexibility:
    • SHGs can access loans through other Ministry of Rural Development schemes if needed.

Implementation Details:

  • Governance: Central level oversight by the Empowered Committee and state-level execution by Lead Fertilizer Companies (LFCs).
  • Ownership: Drones procured by LFCs will be owned by SHGs or their Cluster Level Federations (CLFs).
  • Monitoring: The scheme will be tracked and managed through the Drone Portal, ensuring transparency and accountability.

Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture (MIDH)

  • 29 Oct 2024

In News:

  • The Union Government has decided to introduce four new components under the Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture (MIDH), aimed at promoting modern farming techniques:Hydroponics, Aquaponics, Vertical Farming&Precision Agriculture

Key Features of MIDH:

  • MIDH is a Central Sponsored Scheme (CSS) aimed at the integrated development of various horticulture crops, including:
    • Fruits, vegetables, root and tuber crops, mushrooms, spices, flowers, aromatic plants, coconut, cashew, cocoa, and bamboo.
  • The scheme focuses on pre-production, production, post-harvest management, processing, and marketing activities.

Revision of Operational Guidelines and Cost Norms:

  • The Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers' Welfare is revising the MIDH operational guidelines and cost norms, which were last updated in April 2014.
  • The revised guidelines are expected to be released within one month.
  • Cost norms are likely to increase by 20% compared to the existing rates, addressing concerns from various states about outdated guidelines.

Reason for Revision:

  • Several states, including Odisha, have raised concerns over the old rates under MIDH. For example, Odisha’s Agriculture Minister highlighted that the state was still using 10-year-old rates.
  • The Union Cabinet had already approved the rationalization of all CSS operating under the Ministry into two umbrella schemes:
    • Pradhan Mantri Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (PM-RKVY)
    • Krishonnati Yojana (KY)

Growth in India's Horticulture Sector:

  • India’s horticulture production has significantly increased in recent years:
    • Total production reached 334.60 million metric tonnes in 2020-21, up from 240.53 million metric tonnes in 2010-11.
  • India is now the second largest producer of fruits and vegetables globally, surpassing food grain production.
  • MIDH Annual Budget:The annual allocation for MIDH in the current financial year (2024-25) is ?2,000 crore.

21st Livestock Census

  • 27 Oct 2024

In News:

The Livestock Census is a crucial tool for understanding the current status of India’s livestock sector and its contribution to the economy and society.

What is the Livestock Census?

  • The Livestock Census is a nationwide survey conducted every five years to assess the number, species, breed, age, sex, and ownership status of domesticated animals and poultry, including stray animals.
  • Purpose: It helps in collecting comprehensive data about the livestock population and their role in the economy and society.
  • First Census: The first livestock census was conducted in 1919, and this is the 21st edition.
  • Next Census: The 21st Livestock Census will be conducted between October 2024 and February 2025 by approximately 87,000 enumerators across 30 crore households in India.

Animals Covered in the Census

  • The census will account for 16 species of animals, including:
    • Cattle, Buffalo, Mithun, Yak, Sheep, Goat, Pig, Camel, Horse, Ponies, Mule, Donkey
    • Dog, Rabbit, Elephant
    • Poultry: Fowl, Chicken, Duck, Turkey, Geese, Quail, Ostrich, and Emu
  • The census will also collect data on 219 indigenous breeds of these species recognized by the ICAR-National Bureau of Animal Genetic Resources (NBAGR).

Objectives of the Livestock Census

  • Economic Contribution: The livestock sector contributes approximately:
    • 30% of the Gross Value Added (GVA) of the agricultural sector
    • 4.7% of India's overall GVA
    • It plays a crucial role in rural employment, particularly in poultry and animal husbandry.
  • Policy Formulation and Planning:
    • The data from the census is critical for formulating and implementing policies related to livestock, ensuring sustainable growth in the sector.
    • It helps in monitoring and estimating GVA from livestock.
  • Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs):
    • Provides vital data for tracking the progress towards Goal 2 of SDGs (Zero Hunger) and Target 2.5, which focuses on maintaining genetic diversity in livestock, particularly addressing local breeds at risk of extinction (Indicator 2.5.2).
  • Sectoral Monitoring:
    • The census helps in monitoring the performance and health of India’s livestock sector, which is vital for ensuring food security, rural livelihoods, and economic growth.

Key Features of the 21st Livestock Census

  • Digitization:
    • Like the 2019 Census, this year’s census will be fully digitized, with data collected via a mobile application.
    • Digital Monitoring: A dashboard will monitor progress at various levels, and the latitude and longitude of the data collection locations will be recorded.
    • A software-based livestock census report will be generated to streamline analysis.
  • New Data Points:
    • For the first time, data on pastoral animals and pastoralists will be collected, focusing on their socio-economic status and livestock holdings.
    • Granular Data: The census will gather information on:
      • Proportions of households that rely on livestock for major income.
      • Gender-based data on stray cattle.
  • Extended Scope:
    • In addition to animal population statistics, the census will also focus on the socio-economic contributions of the livestock sector, gender inclusion, and employment.

Significance of the Livestock Census

  • A Comprehensive Livestock Profile:
    • Provides a holistic view of livestock population and the interlinkages between animal husbandry, agriculture, and rural economies.
    • Assists in the management and preservation of indigenous animal breeds.
  • Informed Decision-Making:
    • Helps policymakers, researchers, and development organizations in formulating strategies for sectoral growth, genetic diversity preservation, and livelihood enhancement for rural communities.
  • Monitoring Livestock Health:
    • The census helps in tracking the health and sustainability of India’s livestock population, which is essential for ensuring food security and preventing animal diseases.

Findings of the 2019 Livestock Census

  • Total Livestock Population: 535.78 million
    • Cattle: 192.9 million
    • Goats: 148.88 million
    • Buffaloes: 109.85 million
    • Sheep: 74.26 million
    • Pigs: 9.06 million
    • Other species contributed a small fraction to the total livestock population (0.23%).

Microfinance Institutions (MFIs)

  • 26 Oct 2024

In News:

Recently, the Financial Services Secretary stated that Microfinance institutions (MFIs) have played a crucial role in fostering financial inclusion but they should refrain from any reckless lending.

Microfinance Institutions (MFIs) and Financial Inclusion:

  • MFIs provide small loans and financial services to low-income and marginalized groups, particularly those without access to formal banking services.
  • Goal: To promote financial inclusion and empower marginalized communities, especially women, by enabling them to become self-sufficient and improve their socio-economic status.
  • In India, over 168 MFIs serve around 3 crore clients across 29 states and 563 districts.
  • The sector has grown significantly and is crucial for empowering Self-Help Groups (SHGs) and Joint Liability Groups (JLGs) to access credit and other financial services.

Concerns over Reckless Lending:

  • The Financial Services Secretary, emphasized that MFIs should avoid reckless lending practices that could harm both borrowers and the sector.
  • Poor underwriting and irresponsible lending could lead to unsustainable debt, especially for Self-Help Groups (SHGs) and Joint Liability Groups (JLGs) with limited financial literacy.
  • Key Advice: Lending practices must be responsible, careful, and should aim to empower borrowers, not exploit their limited understanding.

Government Programs Supporting MFIs:

  • SHG-Bank Linkage Programme: Over 77 lakh SHGs with a total loan outstanding of ?2.6 lakh crore, benefiting around 10 crore households.
  • Lakhpati Didi Yojana: Aimed at empowering women, this scheme helps transform SHG members into women entrepreneurs.

Challenges Facing Microfinance Institutions:

  • Regulatory Scrutiny: Many MFIs face scrutiny for high interest rates and non-compliance with borrower assessments. The RBI has urged MFIs to reassess lending practices.
  • Over-Indebtedness: Many borrowers take loans from multiple MFIs, leading to unsustainable debt. As of March 2024, over 12% of borrowers had multiple loans, risking defaults.
  • Low Financial Literacy: A significant challenge is low financial literacy among borrowers, which increases the risk of defaults and harms the reputation of MFIs.

RBI Guidelines on Microfinance (2022):

  • Collateral-Free Loans: For households with income up to ?3 lakh, loans should be collateral-free.
  • Repayment Cap: Monthly loan repayments should not exceed 50% of the borrower’s monthly income.
  • Flexibility in Repayment: MFIs must offer flexible repayment options and ensure proper income assessment.
  • Interest Rate Cap: The RBI has implemented guidelines to limit excessive interest rates charged by MFIs.

Government Schemes for Microfinance:

  • Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana (PMMY): Provides financial assistance to non-corporate, non-farm small/micro enterprises.
  • National Rural Livelihoods Mission (NRLM): Promotes rural livelihoods through the formation and capacity building of Self-Help Groups (SHGs).
  • Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Antyodaya Yojana: Focuses on the empowerment of rural poor through skill development and income generation.
  • Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro and Small Enterprises (CGTMSE): Provides guarantee cover to micro and small enterprises.

Way Forward for Microfinance Sector:

  • Responsible Lending: MFIs must prioritize affordable lending practices, ensuring borrower’s repayment capacity is carefully assessed to avoid over-indebtedness.
  • Enhancing Financial Literacy: MFIs should focus on financial education for borrowers, enabling them to make informed choices.
  • Adherence to Regulatory Guidelines: MFIs should comply strictly with RBI regulations, including interest rate caps and borrower income assessments, to enhance sector transparency and trust.
  • Malegam Committee Recommendations: Implementing suggestions like capping interest rates, tracking multiple loans, and improving transparency to prevent over-indebtedness.
  • Diversifying Funding Sources: To reduce vulnerability to economic downturns, MFIs should work on diversifying their funding sources, reducing dependence on external capital.

Environmental Ship Index (ESI)

  • 26 Oct 2024

In News:

  • Mormugao Port Authority (MPA) has been globally recognized as an incentive provider on the Environmental Ship Index (ESI) platform, acknowledged by the International Association of Ports and Harbours (IAPH).
  • Mormugao is India's first port to implement Green Ship Incentives through the ESI, contributing to global efforts to reduce maritime air emissions.

 ‘Harit Shrey’ Scheme:

  • Launched in October 2023, the ‘Harit Shrey’ scheme provides discounts on port fees based on the Environmental Ship Index (ESI) scores of commercial vessels.
  • Ships with higher ESI scores (indicating better environmental performance) are rewarded with incentives to encourage eco-friendly practices in shipping.

ESI and Global Efforts for Emission Reduction:

  • The Environmental Ship Index (ESI) is a global system to evaluate and reward ships based on their environmental performance, particularly their emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx) and sulphur oxides (SOx).
  • The 2023 IMO greenhouse gas strategy aims to reduce the carbon intensity of international shipping by at least 40% by 2030.

Incentives and Benefits:

  • The Harit Shrey scheme has already benefitted several vessels, promoting greenhouse gas emission reductions and contributing to sustainable maritime operations.
  • The scheme aligns with global sustainability goals, particularly in reducing the carbon footprint of shipping operations.

Sustainability Recognition:

  • The Mormugao Port Authority has submitted the Harit Shrey scheme for consideration in the IAPH Sustainability Awards under the World Port Sustainability Programme (WPSP), reflecting its commitment to environmental sustainability.

The Environmental Ship Index (ESI):

  • ESI is a system that evaluates and rewards ships for better environmental performance than the standards set by the International Maritime Organization (IMO).
  • Ships are assessed based on their emissions of NOx and SOx, with greenhouse gas reporting also included in the evaluation.

Main Features of ESI:

  • Port-Centric: Developed as a port-to-port system, where ports can offer incentives based on the ESI score.
  • Voluntary Participation: Shipowners participate voluntarily to demonstrate their vessels' environmental performance.
  • Automated Calculation: The ESI score is automatically calculated and updated.
  • Incentives: Ships with higher ESI scores may receive benefits such as reduced port fees and priority berthing.

IMF's World Economic Outlook (WEO)

  • 24 Oct 2024

In News:

  • The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has maintained India’s GDP growth forecast at 7% for FY2024, marking a moderation from 8.2% in 2023.
  • FY2025 Projection: Growth is expected to slow further to 6.5% in FY2025.
  • India’s growth is expected to be stronger than most other large economies, yet the downward revision reflects challenges in the global economy and moderation in domestic economic momentum.

Global Economic Growth Projections:

  • Global Growth (2024-2025): Global growth is projected at 3.2% in 2024 and 2025, which is stable but modest. This growth rate is largely unchanged from previous IMF forecasts.
  • Long-Term Outlook: The IMF's long-term projection for global growth is 3.1%, which is considered subpar compared to pre-pandemic growth rates, signaling a potential era of low growth.

Key Risks and Uncertainties:

  • The IMF highlights several downside risks to global growth, including:
      • Monetary tightening: Central banks' high-interest rate policies to combat inflation could have long-term negative effects on economic growth and financial stability.
      • Geopolitical Tensions: Ongoing conflicts, such as the Russia-Ukraine war, could disrupt global supply chains and trade, exacerbating inflation and slowing growth.
      • China’s Economic Slowdown: China, the world’s second-largest economy, is facing a slower growth trajectory, especially in its real estate sector, which is dragging down its overall growth.
      • Structural Challenges: The aging population and weak productivity are long-term growth inhibitors in many advanced economies, adding uncertainty to future growth prospects.
  • Inflation and Monetary Policy:
    • The IMF's inflation forecast shows global inflation cooling:
      • 2023: Global inflation is expected to reach 6.7%.
      • 2024: It is forecast to fall to 5.8%, with advanced economies expected to return to inflation targets sooner than emerging markets.
      • 2025: A further decline to 4.3%.
    • The primary driver of disinflation is not interest rate hikes but the unwinding of pandemic-related shocks, supply chain improvements, and the gradual return of labor supply.
    • Monetary Policy: Central banks are likely to ease policies once inflation nears target levels, but risks of further commodity price spikes or geopolitical tensions could delay this.

US and Europe Growth:

  • Emerging Markets and Developing Economies:
    • Growth Outlook: The IMF forecasts growth in emerging markets and developing economies at 4.2% for 2024 and 2025, with a slight moderation to 3.9% by 2026.
    • Emerging Asia: Growth in emerging Asia (led by India and China) is expected to slow, from 5.7% in 2023 to 5% in 2025.
    • India’s Relative Strength: India’s growth continues to outperform many emerging economies, though the slowdown from 8.2% in 2023 to 7% in 2024 reflects global economic headwinds.
  • Income Inequality Risks:
    • The IMF warns that low growth over an extended period (4+ years) could exacerbate income inequality within countries, as sluggish growth affects job creation and wage growth.
    • Countries with slow economic recovery are likely to see a widening gap between rich and poor, undermining social cohesion and stability.

Cyberfraud Losses and Economic Impact

  • 24 Oct 2024

In News:

  • ?1.2 lakh crore is the projected financial loss due to cyber frauds in India over the next year (2024), according to the Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C) under the Union Home Ministry.
    • This could amount to 0.7% of India’s GDP.
  • Mule Accounts:
    • Mule accounts are a significant contributor to cyber frauds. These accounts are used to facilitate money laundering and illegal transactions.
    • On average, around 4,000 mule accounts are identified daily by I4C.
    • Mule accounts typically facilitate the transfer of funds out of India, often through cryptocurrency transactions.
  • Sources of Cyber Scams:
    • A majority of frauds are linked to Chinese entities or China-based operations, with about half of the cybercrime complaints originating from China.
    • Other major hubs for cyber frauds include Cambodia, Myanmar, and Laos, which house call-centre-like scam compounds.
    • Azerbaijan has also been identified as a new hotspot for such scams.
  • International Dimension:
    • Fraudulent withdrawals have been reported from ATMs in Dubai, Hong Kong, Bangkok, and Russia using mule accounts.
    • The international nature of these scams often involves routing stolen funds through various countries, using methods like cryptocurrency exchanges.
  • Cybercrime and Terror Financing:
    • Cyber scams have potential ramifications beyond financial losses; they can be used for terror financing and money laundering.
    • Cryptocurrency is a common medium for laundering money, with an example cited of ?5.5 crore laundered through 350 transactions in a short span.
  • ATM Hotspots and Fraudulent Withdrawals:
    • 18 ATM hotspots have been identified across India where fraudulent withdrawals occur.
    • Fraudsters exploit these locations to withdraw money, often using mule bank accounts and cross-border ATM networks.
  • Government Response:
    • The Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) is working to combat these frauds by convening meetings with the Union Finance Ministry and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
    • The objective is to curb the operation of mule accounts and strengthen the banking system to prevent such frauds.
    • Banks are being urged to flag unusually high-value transactions or accounts with low balances that are engaging in suspicious activity.
  • Fraudulent Calls and Scam Compounds:
    • Indian fraudsters, in collaboration with international scam rings, use Indian mobile phone numbers to deceive citizens.
    • Countries like Cambodia, Myanmar, Laos, and Azerbaijan have been identified as hubs for investment scams involving fraudulent calls.
  • Helpline and Cyber Fraud Reporting System:
    • The Citizen Financial Cyber Fraud Reporting and Management System (part of I4C) and the 1930 helpline provide mechanisms to report financial frauds.
    • ?11,269 crore in financial frauds was reported during the first half of 2024 via these channels.
    • The system also involves cooperation with over 200 financial intermediaries, including banks and wallets.

IMF retains India’s growth projection at 7% for FY25

  • 23 Oct 2024

In News:

The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has revised India's GDP growth forecast for the fiscal year 2024-25 to 7%, up by 20 basis points from its previous estimate of 6.8%.

  • India’s Growth Projections:
    • Current Fiscal Year (FY2024-25): India’s GDP growth is projected at 7%, unchanged from June 2024 estimates.
    • Next Fiscal Year (FY2025-26): Growth expected at 6.5%.
    • Growth Decline from FY2023 (8.2%): The slowdown is attributed to the exhaustion of pent-up demand post-pandemic and the economy returning to its potential.
  • Global Economic Growth:
    • World Output: Projected global growth at 3.2% in both 2024 and 2025.
    • Advanced Economies: U.S. GDP growth revised upward to 2.8% in 2024 and 2.2% in 2025.
    • Emerging Markets & Developing Economies: Growth revised upwards, largely due to stronger economic activity in Asia, with China and India being key contributors.
  • Global Inflation and Monetary Policy:
    • Inflation Decline: Global inflation has decreased from its peak of 9.4% in Q3 2022 to 3.5% projected by end-2025.
    • Inflation Outlook: Despite reductions in inflation, price pressures persist in some regions.
    • Monetary Policy Tightening: IMF acknowledges challenges due to tight monetary conditions in several economies and their potential impacts on labor markets.
  • Global Risks and Challenges:
    • Geopolitical Tensions: Ongoing Russia-Ukraine war and escalating conflicts in West Asia (e.g., Lebanon) have increased geopolitical risks, potentially affecting commodity markets.
    • Protectionism: Growing protectionist policies worldwide are a risk to global trade and economic stability.
    • Sovereign Debt Stress: Debt burdens in several countries could become a source of instability.
    • Weak Chinese Economy: Slower-than-expected recovery in China remains a significant concern for global economic growth.
    • Monetary Policy Risks: Prolonged tight monetary policies in some countries could impact labor markets and economic recovery.
  • IMF’s Policy Recommendations for Medium-Term Growth:
    • Monetary Policy Neutrality: Countries should adopt a neutral monetary policy stance to balance growth and inflation control.
    • Fiscal Policy Adjustment: Build fiscal buffers after years of loose fiscal policy to ensure stability.
    • Structural Reforms: Implement structural reforms to boost productivity and cope with challenges like aging populations, the climate transition, and the need for youth employment.
  • India’s Economic Outlook - Key Drivers:
    • Rural Consumption Growth: The upward revision of India's FY2024-25 GDP forecast to 7% is driven by improved consumption, especially in rural areas.
    • Upward Revisions for 2023: The increased growth forecast also reflects positive carryover effects from India's 8.2% growth in 2023.
    • Emerging Asia's Growth: The growth outlook for emerging Asia is supported by India and China, though long-term growth prospects for China are weaker (projected to slow to 3.3% by 2029).
  • Global Economic Outlook:
    • World Growth Projections: Global growth is expected to remain at 3.2% in 2024 and 3.3% in 2025.
    • Diverging Growth Rates: Growth across economies is converging as output gaps close, particularly in advanced economies (e.g., U.S. labor market cooling, euro area recovery).

Indian Development and Economic Assistance Scheme (IDEAS)

  • 18 Oct 2024

In News:

  • India has extended a ?487.60 crore Line of Credit (LoC) to Mauritius for financing a water pipeline replacement project.
  • This initiative is part of the Indian Development and Economic Assistance Scheme (IDEAS), which supports developmental projects in partner countries through concessional loans.

About the IDEAS Scheme

  • Origin: Launched in 2003-04 as the India Development Initiative, later renamed as IDEAS Scheme.
  • Objective: To promote India’s political, economic, and strategic interests by providing developmental assistance to developing countries.
  • Administering Body: The scheme is managed by the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) with support from the Exim Bank.

Key Features of the IDEAS Scheme

  • Lines of Credit (LoCs):
    • Provides LoCs to developing countries for funding projects in various sectors, including:
      • Infrastructure
      • Water supply
      • Education
      • Other key developmental areas.
  • Project Recommendations:
    • Projects funded under the scheme are recommended by MEA and are aimed at bolstering socio-economic development in the partner countries.
  • Concessional Financing:
    • The scheme offers concessional terms for the financing of these projects, reducing the financial burden on the recipient countries.
  • Diplomatic and Strategic Benefits:
    • The IDEAS scheme strengthens India’s diplomatic ties and fosters goodwill with countries in the Global South.
  • Focus on Development:
    • It aims to support key developmental goals in partner countries while advancing India's role as a leader in global development cooperation.

Significance

  • The Mauritius water pipeline project is a part of the larger efforts under IDEAS to support infrastructure and socio-economic development in partner nations, helping to improve the quality of life and fostering closer bilateral relations.

India’s Semiconductor Market Projected to Surpass $100 Billion by 2030

  • 17 Oct 2024

In News:

India's semiconductor market is poised to exceed $100 billion by 2030, according to a report from the India Electronics and Semiconductor Association and Counterpoint Research. Currently valued at $45 billion in 2023, the market is projected to grow at an annual rate of 13%, driven by demand in mobile handsets and IT sectors, which together account for over 75% of revenues.

Key Highlights:

  • Growth Drivers: The growth is supported by strong demand for electronics and government initiatives like the production-linked incentive scheme. Semiconductors are essential for various industries, including electronics, defense, healthcare, and automotive.
  • Importance of Semiconductors: These materials, which include silicon and germanium, are crucial for electronic devices. They can conduct electricity under certain conditions, making them fundamental in transistors, integrated circuits, and devices like LEDs and solar cells.
  • Global Context: The global semiconductor supply chain has shown vulnerabilities, particularly during the chip shortage of 2021. Major producers include Taiwan (44% market share), China (28%), South Korea (12%), the U.S. (6%), and Japan (2%). Countries are now focusing on building domestic chip industries to reduce dependency on a few key suppliers.

Factors Favoring India's Growth in Semiconductors:

  1. Skilled Workforce: India has a vast pool of STEM graduates, providing a skilled workforce for semiconductor manufacturing and design.
  2. Cost Advantage: Lower labor costs and efficient supply chains position India favorably for semiconductor manufacturing.
  3. Supply Chain Diversification: India is becoming a hub for back-end assembly and testing operations, with potential for front-end manufacturing.
  4. Government Support: Initiatives like Semicon India and the India Semiconductor Mission aim to create a robust semiconductor ecosystem, offering substantial fiscal incentives for companies.

Government Initiatives:

  • Semiconductor Fab Scheme: Provides 50% project cost support for semiconductor manufacturing.
  • Display Fab Scheme: Offers similar support for display manufacturing.
  • Chips to Startup (C2S) Programme: Trains 85,000 engineers across academic and R&D institutions.
  • Recent approvals for the establishment of semiconductor plants in Gujarat and Assam further bolster this initiative.

Nobel Prize for Economics 2024

  • 17 Oct 2024

In News:

The winners of this year’s Economics Nobel, or the Sveriges Riksbank Prize awarded for economic sciences, Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James Robinson (AJR), pioneers in new institutional economics, emphasised the role of institutions in the direction of development.

The Great Divergence

  • Definition: Refers to the economic and political development gap between the West and East, particularly during the 17th and 18th centuries.
  • Key Factors:
    • Industrialization in Western Europe enabled the projection of political power globally.
    • Colonial institutions established during this period have long-lasting effects on post-colonial nations.

Role of Institutions in Development

  • Nobel Prize Winners: Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson, and James Robinson (AJR) awarded for their work in new institutional economics.
  • Institutions Defined: Set of rules constraining human behavior, ensuring law and order, and preventing coercion.
  • Types of Institutions:
    • Extractive Institutions: Concentrate wealth among elites, historically prevalent in colonized regions (e.g., Sub-Saharan Africa, Latin America).
    • Inclusive Institutions: Promote broader participation in economic growth, more common in countries like the U.S., Canada, and Australia.

Research Contributions

  • Natural Experiments: AJR used historical data to show how differing colonial practices influenced economic outcomes.
  • Key Findings:
    • Areas with landlord-based colonial systems had lower agricultural investment and productivity.
    • Regions under direct colonial rule lagged in infrastructure like schools and health centers.

Implications of AJR's Work

  • Economic Institutions: Reflect collective choices shaped by political power, which can be either de jure (formal) or de facto (informal).
  • Challenges in Reform: Conflicting interests often hinder agreement on the nature of beneficial institutions.

Critical Perspectives

  • Skepticism of AJR's Framework: Some scholars argue that AJR's emphasis on Western liberal institutions overlooks the complexities of historical contexts, including corruption and systemic inequalities in early U.S. history.
  • Modern Economic Dynamics: AJR caution against assuming that inclusive institutions will automatically lead to prosperity, as evidenced by concerns regarding China's future growth under extractive political systems.

Insights from Nobel Prize Research

  • Key Focus Areas:
    • Institutional structures in colonized countries significantly shape economic prosperity.
    • Example of Nogales, Arizona, and Nogales, Mexico illustrates the impact of institutions on economic opportunities.

About the Nobel Prize Recipients

  1. Daron Acemoglu:
    • MIT professor and co-author of influential works on power and prosperity.
    • Advocates for democracy's role in economic growth while acknowledging its challenges.
  2. Simon Johnson:
    • Former IMF chief economist, current MIT professor.
    • Emphasizes the complexity of addressing entrenched poverty due to institutional frameworks.
  3. James A. Robinson:
    • University of Chicago professor, co-author of works on economic disparity.
    • Highlights historical transitions toward inclusive societies and their importance in economic development.

Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences

  • Established: 1968 by the Swedish central bank.
  • Purpose: Complement existing Nobel Prizes, recognizing contributions to economic sciences.
  • Notable Previous Laureates: Include Claudia Goldin (2023) for gender pay gap research and Abhijit Banerjee et al. (2019) for poverty alleviation studies.

SAMARTH Scheme

  • 17 Oct 2024

In News:

Samarth is a demand-driven and placement-oriented umbrella skilling program of the Ministry of Textiles. Samarth Scheme has been extended for two years (FY 2024-25 and 2025-26) with a budget of Rs. 495 Crore to train 3 lakh persons in textile-related skills.

Key Details:

  • Scheme Name: Samarth (Scheme for Capacity Building in Textile Sector)
  • Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Textiles
  • Extension Period: FY 2024-25 and 2025-26
  • Budget: ?495 Crores
  • Target: Train 3 lakh individuals in textile-related skills

Objectives

  • Skilling Programs: Provide demand-driven, placement-oriented training.
  • Industry Support: Encourage job creation in organized textile and related sectors.
  • Skill Enhancement: Focus on upskilling and reskilling in traditional sectors (handloom, handicraft, silk, jute).

Implementation

  • Implementing Partners:
    • Textile Industry/Industry Associations
    • Central/State government agencies
    • Sectoral Organizations (e.g., DC/Handloom, Central Silk Board)
  • Current Achievements:
    • Total Trained: 3.27 lakh candidates
    • Employment Rate: 2.6 lakh (79.5%) have secured jobs
    • Women Empowerment: 2.89 lakh (88.3%) women trained

Scheme Features

  • Coverage: Entire textile value chain, excluding spinning and weaving.
  • Training Focus:
    • Entry-level skilling
    • Upskilling/reskilling existing workers in apparel and garmenting
  • Beneficiaries: Handicraft artisans and job seekers in the textile sector.

Background

  • Cabinet Approval: The scheme is a continuation of the Integrated Skill Development Scheme from the 12th Five Year Plan.
  • Implementation Agency: Office of the Development Commissioner (Handicrafts).

DigiLocker Partners with UMANG

  • 16 Oct 2024

In News:

The National e-Governance Division (NeGD) has announced the integration of the UMANG app with DigiLocker- India’s Digital Wallet. This collaboration aims to provide citizens with seamless access to a wide range of government services bringing greater convenience and allowing users to manage multiple services through a single platform.

UMANG app

  • The UMANG app is accessible to all Android users with an expansion to iOS in the pipeline.
  • The UMANG mobile app is an all-in-one single, unified, secure, multi-channel, multi-lingual, multi-service mobile app.
  • It provides access to high-impact services of various organizations of the Union and States. 

Simplified Citizen-Government interaction

This integration makes it easier for citizens to interact with the Government in an efficient, digital-first manner. DigiLocker has always been a pioneer in simplifying access to personal and official documents, and after integration with UMANG, it has expanded the range of services you can access on the go.

About DigiLocker
DigiLocker is a flagship initiative under the Digital India program aimed at providing secure cloud-based storage of essential documents. By integrating with e-governance services such as UMANG, DigiLocker further is committed to further enhance accessibility and ease of living.

PM GatiShakti National Master Plan

  • 16 Oct 2024

In News:

  • The Prime Minister commended the completion of three years of the PM GatiShakti National Master Plan, calling it a transformative initiative for India’s infrastructure development.
  • Key Benefits: The plan enhances multimodal connectivity and improves efficiency across various sectors, contributing to logistics, job creation, and innovation.

Overview of PM GatiShakti National Master Plan

  • Launch Date: October 2021
  • Objective: A transformative initiative worth ?100 lakh crore aimed at revolutionizing India’s infrastructure over five years.
  • Development Tool: Created as a Digital Master Planning tool by the Bhaskaracharya National Institute for Space Applications and Geoinformatics (BISAG-N).
  • GIS Platform: Utilizes a dynamic Geographic Information System to integrate action plans from various ministries into a comprehensive database.
  • Goals: Accelerate project completion, reduce timelines, and enhance India’s global competitiveness by addressing inter-ministerial challenges.

Key Features

  • Digital Integration: A digital platform coordinating the efforts of 16 ministries for seamless infrastructure planning.
  • Multi-Sector Collaboration: Incorporates initiatives from major programs like Bharatmala and Sagarmala.
  • Economic Zones Development: Focuses on key areas such as textile clusters and pharmaceutical hubs to boost productivity.
  • Technology Utilization: Employs advanced spatial planning tools and ISRO satellite imagery for data-driven project management.

Core Sectors Driving the Plan

  • The National Master Plan is centered around seven primary sectors that enhance economic growth and connectivity, supported by sectors like energy transmission and social infrastructure.

Six Pillars of PM GatiShakti

  1. Comprehensiveness: Integrates various initiatives through a centralized portal, ensuring efficient planning.
  2. Prioritisation: Allows ministries to prioritize projects based on national importance and resource allocation.
  3. Optimisation: Identifies infrastructure gaps and selects the most efficient transportation routes.
  4. Synchronisation: Ensures coordinated efforts across ministries to avoid delays.
  5. Analytical Capabilities: Offers extensive data layers for improved spatial planning and decision-making.
  6. Dynamic Monitoring: Uses satellite imagery for real-time project tracking and adjustments.

Achievements of PM GatiShakti

  • District-Level Expansion: Extended to 27 aspirational districts, with plans for 750 in the near future.
  • Technological Integration: Enhanced real-time infrastructure planning using geospatial tools.
  • Global Outreach: The GatiShakti tool showcased to 30 countries and highlighted at international conferences.
  • Social Sector Benefits: Identified areas for new healthcare facilities and improved planning in various districts.
  • Rural and Urban Development: Implemented projects for irrigation and city logistics in multiple states.
  • Employment Initiatives: Utilized for setting up training institutes near industrial clusters.

 

NABARD Survey on Rural Financial Inclusion

  • 11 Oct 2024

In News:

NABARD has published the findings from its second All India Rural Financial Inclusion Survey (NAFIS) for 2021-22, which offers primary data based on a survey of 1 lakh rural households, covering various economic and financial indicators in the post-COVID period. 

Survey Overview:

  • Inaugural survey conducted for 2016-17, results released in August 2018.
  • Aims to analyze changes in rural economic conditions since 2016-17.
  • Included all 28 states and Union Territories of Jammu & Kashmir and Ladakh.

Insights from NAFIS 2021-22

  • Increase in Average Monthly Income:
    • Average monthly income rose by 57.6% from Rs. 8,059 (2016-17) to Rs. 12,698 (2021-22).
    • Nominal CAGR of 9.5%, with annual nominal GDP growth at 9%.
    • Agricultural households earned Rs. 13,661; non-agricultural households earned Rs. 11,438.
    • Salaried employment contributed 37% to total income; cultivation contributed one-third for agricultural households.
  • Rise in Average Monthly Expenditure:
    • Average monthly expenditure increased from Rs. 6,646 (2016-17) to Rs. 11,262 (2021-22).
    • Agricultural households reported higher consumption (Rs. 11,710) compared to non-agricultural households (Rs. 10,675).
    • Expenditure exceeded Rs. 17,000 in states like Goa and Jammu & Kashmir.
  • Increase in Financial Savings:
    • Annual average financial savings grew to Rs. 13,209 in 2021-22 from Rs. 9,104 in 2016-17.
    • 66% of households saved in 2021-22, up from 50.6% in 2016-17.
    • 71% of agricultural households reported savings, compared to 58% of non-agricultural households.
    • States like Uttarakhand (93%) and Uttar Pradesh (84%) had high saving rates, while Goa (29%) and Kerala (35%) had lower rates.
  • Kisan Credit Card (KCC) Coverage:
    • 44% of agricultural households possessed a valid KCC.
    • Among larger landholders and those with recent agricultural loans, 77% reported having a KCC.
  • Insurance Coverage:
    • Households with at least one insured member increased from 25.5% (2016-17) to 80.3% (2021-22).
    • Vehicle insurance was most common (55%), followed by life insurance (24%).
  • Pension Coverage:
    • Households with at least one member receiving any form of pension rose from 18.9% to 23.5%.
    • 54% of households with members over 60 years old reported receiving a pension.
  • Financial Literacy:
    • Good financial literacy increased by 17 percentage points, from 33.9% to 51.3%.
    • Sound financial behavior improved from 56.4% to 72.8%.

Conclusion

  • The NAFIS 2021-22 highlights significant advancements in rural financial inclusion since 2016-17.
  • Improvements in income, savings, insurance coverage, and financial literacy are notable.
  • Government welfare schemes (e.g., PM Kisan, MGNREGS) have positively impacted rural lives.
  • Continued support and investment in rural development are essential for economic empowerment and financial security in India's rural population.

Universal Postal Union

  • 10 Oct 2024

In News:

The Universal Postal Union (UPU) is set to assess the integration of the Unified Payment Interface (UPI) with cross-border remittances via the global postal network, according to a recent official announcement.

About the Universal Postal Union

The UPU is a specialized agency of the United Nations and serves as the main platform for international cooperation in the postal sector. Established by the Treaty of Bern in 1874, it stands as the second oldest international organization in the world.

Functions

The UPU coordinates postal policies among its member nations and oversees the global postal system. It establishes the rules for international mail exchanges and makes recommendations aimed at enhancing the volume and quality of mail, parcel, and financial services. Additionally, it plays an advisory, mediating, and liaison role while providing technical assistance when necessary.

Membership

Any member state of the United Nations is eligible to join the UPU. Non-member countries can also become UPU members, subject to approval by at least two-thirds of the existing member nations. Currently, the UPU comprises 192 member countries.

Structure

The UPU consists of four main bodies:

1.       The Congress: The highest authority of the UPU, convening every four years.

2.       The Council of Administration: Responsible for ensuring the continuity of UPU operations between Congresses and supervising activities related to regulatory, administrative, legislative, and legal matters.

3.       The Postal Operations Council: Acts as the technical and operational hub of the UPU, composed of 48 member countries elected during Congress.

4.       The International Bureau: Functions as the secretariat, providing logistical and technical support to the other UPU bodies.

The headquarters of the Universal Postal Union is located in Bern, Switzerland.

RBI's Recent Monetary Policy Review

  • 10 Oct 2024

In News:

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) maintained its benchmark interest rate at 6.5% for the 10th consecutive monetary policy review since April 2023. The policy stance was shifted to “neutral,” indicating potential for a future rate cut.

Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) Overview

  • The decision to keep interest rates unchanged was supported by a majority of five out of six members of the MPC, which convened for three days starting October 7.
  • The change in policy stance from “withdrawal of accommodation” to “neutral” was unanimously agreed upon.

Focus Areas

  • The MPC emphasized the need for a durable alignment of inflation with targets while supporting economic growth.
  • Macroeconomic parameters for inflation and growth were described as well balanced.

Inflation Insights

  • A moderation in headline inflation is expected to reverse in September, likely remaining elevated due to adverse base effects.
  • Retail inflation was below the central bank’s median target of 4% in July and August.

Growth Projections

  • The RBI maintained its 7.2% GDP growth projection and a 4.5% average inflation estimate for 2024-25, with risks evenly balanced.
  • Second-quarter inflation projection was revised down to 4.1% from 4.4%, while a rise to 4.8% is expected for the October to December quarter.

Domestic Growth and Investment

  • Domestic growth remains robust, with private consumption and investment growing together.
  • This growth has provided the RBI with the capacity to prioritize inflation control to achieve the 4% target.

Risks to Inflation

The Governor highlighted that unexpected weather events and escalating geopolitical conflicts pose significant upside risks to inflation.

National Maritime Heritage Complex (NMHC)

  • 10 Oct 2024

In News:

The Union Cabinet has approved the development of NMHC in Lothal, Gujarat, under the Sagarmala programme.

  • Purpose and Vision  Aimed at showcasing India’s 4,500-year-old maritime heritage using an edutainment approach with modern technology.

Employment Generation

  •  Expected to create approximately 22,000 jobs: 15,000 direct and 7,000 indirect.

Project Phases

  • Phase 1A
  • Features a museum with 6 galleries, including:
  • A large Indian Navy & Coast Guard gallery with external naval artifacts.
  •  Replica of Lothal township surrounded by an open aquatic gallery.
  •  A jetty walkway.
  • Phase 1B
  • Expansion includes:
  • 8 additional galleries.
  •  The world's tallest Light House Museum.
  •  Bagicha complex with facilities for 1,500 cars, a food hall, and a medical center.
  • Phase 2
  • Development of Coastal States Pavilions by respective states and union territories.
  • Hospitality zone featuring maritime-themed eco-resorts and museuotels.
  • Recreation of ancient Lothal City and establishment of a Maritime Institute with hostel.
  • Creation of four theme-based parks:
  • Maritime & Naval Theme Park
  • Climate Change Theme Park
  • Monuments Park
  • Adventure & Amusement Park

Governance and Management

  • Governing Council
  • Chaired by the Minister of Ports, Shipping & Waterways, overseeing project implementation and operation.
  • Separate Society
  • A dedicated society will manage future phases, governed under the Societies Registration Act, 1860.

Benefits and Funding

  • Beneficiaries
  • Local communities, tourists, researchers, government bodies, educational institutions, cultural organizations, conservation groups, and businesses.
  • Funding
  • Construction of the Light House Museum in Phase 1B will be financed by the Directorate General of Lighthouses and Lightships (DGLL).

Sagarmala Programme

  • Objective
  • A flagship initiative aiming to transform India’s maritime sector by enhancing logistics performance and fostering port-led development and coastal community upliftment.
  •  Background
  • Approved in March 2015, the programme focuses on utilizing India’s extensive coastline and waterways for economic growth.

Pradhan Mantri-Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-KISAN) Scheme

  • 05 Oct 2024

In News:

The Prime Minister of India is set to announce the 18th installment of the PM-KISAN scheme in Washim, Maharashtra. This will benefit over 9.4 crore farmers nationwide, with the government allocating more than ?20,000 crore for this initiative.

About PM-KISAN

The Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-KISAN) is a Central Sector Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) initiative aimed at providing income support to farmers.

Key Features:

  • Financial Assistance: The scheme offers ?6,000 annually to small and marginal farmer families, distributed in three equal installments.
  • Eligibility: Initially targeted at families with up to 2 hectares of cultivable land, the scope was later broadened to include all farmer families, regardless of land size.
  • Family Definition: The definition of a family under this scheme includes the husband, wife, and minor children.
  • Identification of Beneficiaries: State governments and Union Territory administrations are responsible for identifying eligible farmer families based on the scheme's guidelines.
  • Direct Transfers: The funds are directly credited to the beneficiaries' bank accounts.

Exclusion Criteria

Certain categories of individuals are not eligible for benefits under the PM-KISAN scheme, including:

  • Institutional Land-holders: Those who hold land under institutional ownership.
  • High-Profile Government Officials: This includes former and current holders of constitutional posts, ministers, members of legislative assemblies, mayors, and district panchayat chairpersons.
  • Government Employees: Serving or retired officers and employees of central or state government ministries and departments are excluded.
  • Pensioners: Retired pensioners receiving a monthly pension of ?10,000 or more, as well as those in the previously mentioned categories, are also ineligible.
  • Income Tax Filers: Individuals who have paid income tax in the last assessment year.
  • Registered Professionals: Professionals such as doctors, engineers, lawyers, chartered accountants, and architects who are engaged in practice and registered with professional bodies.

India's BRAP 2024 Alignment with World Bank's B-READY Index

  • 05 Oct 2024

In News:

  • The Indian government plans to align indicators of the BRAP 2024 index with the World Bank’s B-READY index to enhance business readiness rankings.
  • State Involvement: States have been instructed to address gaps identified in the B-READY evaluations to improve their global rankings.
  • Indicators Included: The upcoming 2024 BRAP rankings, prepared by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, will incorporate specific indicators from the B-READY index.
  • Enterprise Survey Launch: An enterprise survey for the B-READY index in India is set to start in October, with support from the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation.
  • Participation Timeline: Although B-READY rankings will commence in 2024, India’s participation will begin in 2026. The initial rankings will cover 54 countries, expanding to 120 in 2025 and 180 in 2026.
  • Successor to Previous Rankings: The B-READY index replaces the Ease of Doing Business rankings, which were discontinued in 2021 due to irregularities. It considers a broader range of factors in its assessments.
  • Benchmark for Global Institutions: The B-READY framework will serve as a benchmark for global financial institutions and multinational companies to evaluate a country’s regulatory and policy environment.
  • Historical Improvement: India improved its Ease of Doing Business ranking from 142 in 2014 to 63 in 2020.
  • Technical Understanding: A team of government officials is tasked with understanding the technical aspects of the B-READY index to formulate strategies for improving India’s score.
  • Lifecycle Parameters: The new index tracks ten parameters throughout a firm's lifecycle, including business entry, utility services, and labor, focusing on real-world applications rather than just legal changes.
  • Recent BRAP Rankings: The BRAP 2022 rankings were recently announced, with Andhra Pradesh and Kerala achieving the top positions.

National Mission on Edible Oils – Oilseeds (NMEO-Oilseeds)

  • 04 Oct 2024

In News:

Cabinet Approves National Mission on Edible Oils – Oilseeds (NMEO-Oilseeds) (2024-25 to 2030-31).

Objective:

  • Achieve self-reliance in edible oil production in seven years.

Financial Outlay:

  • ?10,103 crore for the mission period.

Key Goals:

  • Increase primary oilseed production from 39 million tonnes (2022-23) to 69.7 million tonnes by 2030-31.
  • Boost domestic edible oil production to 25.45 million tonnes, meeting 72% of projected requirements.

Focus Areas:

  • Enhance production of key oilseed crops: Rapeseed-Mustard, Groundnut, Soybean, Sunflower, Sesamum.
  • Improve extraction efficiency from secondary sources (e.g., Cottonseed, Rice Bran).

Strategies:

  • Promote high-yielding, high oil content seed varieties.
  • Extend cultivation to rice fallow areas and encourage intercropping.
  • Use advanced technologies like genome editing for seed development.

SATHI Portal:

  • Launch of an online 5-year rolling seed plan for timely seed availability.
  • Coordination with cooperatives, Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs), and seed corporations.

Infrastructure Development:

  • Establish 65 new seed hubs and 50 seed storage units.
  • Develop over 600 Value Chain Clusters across 347 districts, covering over 1 million hectares annually.

Support for Farmers:

  • Access to high-quality seeds, training on Good Agricultural Practices (GAP), and pest management advisory.

Environmental Benefits:

  • Promote low water usage, improve soil health, and utilize crop fallow areas.

Background Context:

  • India relies on imports for 57% of its edible oil demand.
  • Previous initiatives include the National Mission on Edible Oils – Oil Palm (NMEO-OP) and significant increases in Minimum Support Price (MSP) for oilseeds.
  • Imposition of 20% import duty on edible oils to protect local producers.

The NMEO-Oilseeds mission aims to enhance domestic oilseed production, reduce import dependency, and improve farmers' incomes while contributing to environmental sustainability.

Annual Survey of Industries (ASI) Results for 2022-23

  • 03 Oct 2024

In News:

  • The Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MoSPI) has released the results of the Annual Survey of Industries (ASI) for the financial year 2022-23 (April 2022 to March 2023).
    • The fieldwork for this survey was conducted from November 2023 to June 2024.
  • The ASI provides critical insights into the dynamics of the manufacturing sector, covering aspects such as output, value added, employment, and capital formation.

Key Highlights

  • Gross Value Added (GVA): Increased by 7.3% in current prices for 2022-23 compared to the previous year.
  • Industrial Output: Grew by over 21% in 2022-23 compared to 2021-22.
  • Employment: Estimated employment in the sector rose by 7.4% over the previous year, surpassing pre-pandemic levels.

The growth in key economic parameters such as invested capital, input, output, GVA, and wages indicates a robust recovery in the industrial sector. Notably, industries like Basic Metal Manufacturing, Coke & Refined Petroleum Products, Food Products, Chemicals, and Motor Vehicles were significant contributors, accounting for about 58% of total output and showing a 24.5% increase in output and 2.6% in GVA.

State Contributions

  • Top GVA Contributors:
    • Maharashtra
    • Gujarat
    • Tamil Nadu
    • Karnataka
    • Uttar Pradesh

Together, these states contributed over 54% of the total manufacturing GVA.

  • Highest Employment States:
    • Tamil Nadu
    • Maharashtra
    • Gujarat
    • Uttar Pradesh
    • Karnataka

Collectively, these states accounted for about 55% of total manufacturing employment in 2022-23.

Survey Details

The ASI encompasses various industrial units, including:

  • Factories registered under the Factories Act, 1948.
  • Bidi and cigar manufacturing establishments.
  • Electricity undertakings not registered with the Central Electricity Authority.
  • Units with 100 or more employees registered in the Business Register of Establishments.

The survey employs a comprehensive sampling strategy, dividing units into Central and State Samples to ensure accurate representation. Key components of the data collection include:

  • Central Sample: Includes all units in less industrially developed states and specific industrial categories.
  • State Sample: Comprises selected units based on employee count and other criteria.

Industrial Classification

Since 1959, the ASI has adopted various classifications to categorize industries. The current classification, NIC 2008, is based on the UN's international standards and has been in use since 2008-09.

Data Collection and Reliability

Data collection is conducted via a dedicated web portal, following the Collection of Statistics Act. Various quality checks ensure reliability, with the Relative Standard Errors (RSE) for important estimates remaining within acceptable limits.

PM E-DRIVE Scheme

  • 03 Oct 2024

In News:

The Union Cabinet approved the PM Electric Drive Revolution in Innovative Vehicle Enhancement (PM E-DRIVE) Scheme to promote electric mobility in the country.

Objective:

  • Accelerate electric vehicle (EV) adoption
  • Establish essential charging infrastructure
  • Promote cleaner and sustainable transportation

Key Highlights

  • Significant Occasion: Launched on the eve of Mahatma Gandhi's 155th Birth Anniversary, aligning with the vision of ‘Swachh Bharat’ and ‘Swachh Vahan’.
  • Financial Commitment: Union Cabinet approved a financial outlay of ?10,900 crore for the scheme over two years (approved on September 11, 2024).

Key Features of the PM E-DRIVE Scheme

  1. Subsidies/Demand Incentives:
    • Total of ?3,679 crore allocated for:
      • 24.79 lakh electric two-wheelers (e-2Ws)
      • 3.16 lakh electric three-wheelers (e-3Ws)
      • 14,028 electric buses (e-buses)
  2. E-Voucher Introduction:
    • Aadhaar-authenticated e-vouchers for EV customers
    • Simplifies access to incentives, with real-time generation for dealers.
  3. E-Ambulances:
    • ?500 crore allocated for deployment
    • Standards to be developed with relevant ministries.
  4. E-Buses:
    • ?4,391 crore for 14,028 e-buses in nine major cities
    • Focus on replacing scrapped state transport unit buses.
  5. E-Trucks:
    • ?500 crore for incentivizing electric trucks
    • Scrapping certificates required for incentives.
  6. Public Charging Stations:
    • ?2,000 crore to install:
      • 22,100 fast chargers for electric four-wheelers (e-4Ws)
      • 1,800 for e-buses
      • 48,400 for e-2Ws/3Ws
  7. Test Agency Modernization:
    • ?780 crore for upgrading Ministry of Heavy Industries test agencies to accommodate new EV technologies.

India’s Oil Imports from Saudi Arabia and Russia

  • 03 Oct 2024

Context

  • India’s crude oil imports are influenced by refinery maintenance cycles, which affect demand.
  • August saw a dip in oil demand due to pre-maintenance preparations, but September recorded a recovery.

September Oil Import Trends

  • Saudi Arabia:
    • Imports rose 39.8% month-on-month to 0.73 million barrels per day (bpd), the highest since March.
    • Saudi market share increased to 15.5% in September from 11.7% in August.
    • Riyadh is reducing prices to regain lost market share, as earlier imports had plummeted to a multi-year low (0.42 million bpd in June).
  • Russia:
    • Remains India’s largest oil supplier with imports increasing by 6.4% from August to 1.88 million bpd.
    • Russian crude constituted 40.2% of India’s total crude imports of 4.68 million bpd in September.
  • Iraq:
    • Supplied 0.87 million bpd, accounting for 18.7% of total imports.
  • UAE:
    • Oil imports increased by 18.6% month-on-month to 0.49 million bpd, the highest since June 2022.

Market Dynamics

  • Price Sensitivity: Indian refiners are highly price-sensitive, which could lead to increased competition among suppliers.
  • Potential for Increased Russian Imports: With Indian refiners expected to secure larger long-term contracts for Russian oil, further increases in imports from Russia are anticipated.

Strategic Implications

  • Saudi Arabia is concerned about losing market share to Russia, especially as India’s refiners are currently favoring discounted Russian crude.
  • Increased competition may benefit Indian refiners through better pricing from various suppliers.

Economic Context

  • India, as the world's third-largest oil consumer with over 85% import dependency, is significantly affected by global oil price fluctuations.
  • Although discounts on Russian crude have decreased, the overall savings from purchasing large volumes remain significant for Indian refiners.

The evolving landscape of India’s oil imports highlights the competitive dynamics among major suppliers, particularly Saudi Arabia and Russia, and underscores India’s strategic importance as a key market in the global oil sector.

Cruise Bharat Mission

  • 01 Oct 2024

In News:

The central government launched the five-year Cruise Bharat Mission, aiming to boost cruise tourism in India to 1 million passengers and create 400,000 jobs by 2029.

Mission Goals

  • Passenger Traffic: Increase from 0.5 million to 1 million sea cruise passengers by 2029.
  • River Cruise Passengers: Grow from 0.5 million to 1.5 million.
  • Job Creation: Generate 400,000 jobs in the cruise sector.
  • Infrastructure Expansion:
    • International cruise terminals: From 2 to 10.
    • River cruise terminals: From 50 to 100.
    • Marinas: From 1 to 5.

Implementation Phases

  1. Phase 1 (2024-2025):
    • Conduct studies and master planning.
    • Form alliances with neighboring countries.
    • Modernize existing cruise terminals and destinations.
  2. Phase 2 (2025-2027):
    • Develop new cruise terminals and marinas.
    • Activate high-potential cruise locations.
  3. Phase 3 (2027-2029):
    • Integrate cruise circuits across the Indian Subcontinent.
    • Continue developing infrastructure and enhancing cruise experiences.

Strategic Focus Areas

  • Sustainable Infrastructure:
    • Develop world-class terminals, marinas, and water aerodromes.
    • Emphasize digitalization (e.g., facial recognition) and decarbonization (shore power).
    • Create a National Cruise Infrastructure Masterplan 2047.
  • Operational Efficiency:
    • Streamline operations using digital solutions (e.g., e-clearance and e-visa facilities).
  • Cruise Promotion & Circuit Integration:
    • Focus on international marketing and investment.
    • Host events like the "Cruise India Summit."
    • Form alliances with neighboring countries (UAE, Maldives, Singapore).
  • Regulatory and Financial Policies:
    • Establish tailored fiscal and financial policies.
    • Launch a National Cruise Tourism Policy.
  • Capacity Building & Employment:
    • Create a Centre of Excellence for cruise-related economic research.
    • Develop National Occupational Standards to enhance youth employment opportunities.

Expected Outcomes

  • Tourism Growth: Position India as a global cruise destination.
  • Cultural Promotion: Highlight the cultural, historical, and natural heritage of Bharat through cruise circuits.
  • Community Benefits: Ensure inclusive growth for local communities and stakeholders in the cruise sector.

The Cruise Bharat Mission is set to redefine India's cruise tourism landscape, focusing on infrastructure development, operational efficiency, and promoting cultural heritage, while ensuring economic growth and job creation for the future.

7 New Schemes to Boost Farmer Income

  • 03 Sep 2024

In News:

The Union Cabinet chaired by Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi, approved seven schemes to improve farmers’ lives and increase their incomes at a total outlay of Rs 14,235.30 Crore.

1. Digital Agriculture Mission: based on the structure of Digital Public Infrastructure, Digital Agriculture Mission will use technology for improving farmers’ lives. The Mission has a total outlay of Rs 2,817 crores. It comprises two foundational pillars

1. Agri Stack

  1. Farmers registry
  2. Village land maps registry
  3. Crop Sown Registry

2. Krishi Decision Support System

  1. Geospatial data
  2. Drought/flood monitoring
  3. Weather/satellite data
  4. Groundwater/water availability data
  5. Modelling for crop yield and insurance

 The Mission has provision for 

  • Soil profile
  • Digital crop estimation
  • Digital yield modelling
  • Connect for crop loan
  • Modern technologies like AI and Big Data
  • Connect with buyers
  • Bring new knowledge on mobile phones

2. Crop science for food and nutritional security: with a total outlay of Rs 3,979 crore. The initiative will prepare farmers for climate resilience and provide for food security by 2047. It has following pillars:

  1. Research and education
  2. Plant genetic resource management
  3. Genetic improvement for food and fodder crop
  4. Pulse and oilseed crop improvement
  5. Improvement of commercial crops
  6. Research on insects, microbes, pollinators etc.

3. Strengthening Agricultural Education, Management and Social Sciences: with a total outlay of Rs 2,291 Crore the measure will prepare agriculture students and researchers for current challenges and comprises the following

  1. Under Indian Council of Agri Research
  2. Modernising agri research and education
  3. In line with New Education Policy 2020
  4. Use latest technology … Digital DPI, AI, big data, remote, etc
  5. Include natural farming and climate resilience

4. Sustainable livestock health and production: with a total outlay of Rs 1,702 crore, the decision aims to Increase farmers income from livestock and dairy. It comprises the following

  1. Animal health management and veterinary education
  2. Dairy production and technology development
  3. Animal genetic resource management, production and improvement
  4. Animal nutrition and small ruminant production and development

5. Sustainable development of Horticulture: with a total outlay of Rs 1129.30 crore the measure is aimed at increasing farmers’ income from horticulture plants. It comprises the following

  1. Tropical, sub-tropical and temperate horticulture crops
  2. Root, tuber, bulbous and arid crops
  3. Vegetable, floriculture, and mushroom crops
  4.  Plantation, spices, medicinal, and aromatic plants

6. Strengthening of Krishi Vigyan Kendra with an outlay of Rs 1,202 crore

7. Natural Resource Management with an outlay of Rs 1,115 crore

Repairability Index for Mobile and Electronic Sectors

  • 01 Sep 2024

In News:

  • The Department of Consumer Affairs (DoCA), Government of India, has established a committee of experts to create a framework for the Repairability Index.
  • Objective:
    • Enhance consumer transparency regarding product repairability.
    • Promote sustainable practices in the tech industry.
  • National Workshop:
    • Held on August 29, 2024, focusing on the Right to Repair in the Mobile and Electronics Sector.
    • Aimed to gather industry stakeholders to agree on evaluating components for the Repairability Index.
  • Key Goals:
    • Address the rapid demand and short lifespan of mobile and electronic devices.
    • Provide essential repair information and ensure access to spare parts, even for discontinued products.
  • Repairability Index:
    • A consumer-focused tool that helps in making informed product decisions based on repairability.
    • Aims to standardize repairability assessments, enabling easier product comparisons.
  • Consumer Empowerment:
    • The index fosters mindful consumption and sustainability.
    • Ensures affordable repair options and improves overall consumer satisfaction by addressing information gaps.
  • Key components of the Repair Ecosystem:
  • Comprehensive Repair Information: Access to repair manuals/DIYs, diagnostics, and a list of necessary tools and parts.
  • Accessible Spare Parts: Easily identifiable and timely delivery of spare parts.
  • Affordable Tools: Inexpensive, widely available, and safe tools for consumers.
  • Modular Design: Key components designed for independent access and modularity.
  • Economic Feasibility: Ensuring that the cost of repair parts and labor is affordable for consumers.

Taking into account the above necessities the committee is expected to recommend enabling framework for Policies/Rules/Guidelines which support repairability and integration of repairability index with the extant regulatory provisions in mobile and electronics sector to enhance consumer experiences in reusing the mobile and electronics products they own.

The committee will submit a comprehensive report including a framework for repairability index in Indian context by 15th November, 2024.

AVGC: The Future of Media & Entertainment Industry

  • 30 Sep 2024

Introduction

  • The AVGC (Animation, Visual Effects, Gaming, Comics) sector is set to be the future of the media and entertainment industry. 
  • According to the FICCI-EY 2024 report, India now boasts the second-largest anime fan base globally and is projected to contribute 60% to the worldwide growth in anime interest in the coming years.
  • In a significant step toward making India a global hub for AVGC, the Union Cabinet recently approved the establishment of a National Centre of Excellence (NCoE) for Animation, Visual Effects, Gaming, Comics, and Extended Reality (AVGC-XR) in Mumbai.

NCoE Background

  • NCoE will be set up as a Section 8 Company under the Companies Act, 2013 in India with Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce & Industry and Confederation of Indian Industry representing the industry bodies as partners with the Government of India.
  • The establishment of the NCoE follows the Union Minister of Finance and Corporate Affairs 2022-23 budget announcement, which proposed the creation of an AVGC task force in the country.
  • NCoE AVGC aims at creating a world class talent pool in India to cater to the Indian as well as global entertainment industry.
  • Provisionally named the Indian Institute for Immersive Creators (IIIC), this center aims to revolutionize the AVGC sector and foster innovation in immersive technologies.
  • It will be modeled after renowned institutions like the Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs) and Indian Institutes of Management (IIMs).

Objective of NCoE (IIIC)

Boasting a growth rate of 25% and an estimated value of ?46 billion by 2023 (FICCI-EY Report 2023), the animation industry in India is thriving and offers a promising future for passionate young talent.

Below are some of the key objectives of the NCoE (IIIC):

  • Focusing of creating Indian IP
  • Leveraging our cultural heritage in new age
  • Create a multiplier effect in the industry
  • An industry led initiative, in partnership with state and academia
  • Integrated focus on education, skilling industry, development, innovation
  • Hub and spoke model of development to be followed
  • IIIC as the hub and several center’s as its spokes dedicated innovation and research fund to promote start-up ecosystem

Conclusion

The Union Cabinet's approval of the National Centre of Excellence (NCoE) for AVGC marks a pivotal step in strengthening India’s media and entertainment industry. This initiative is set to boost the economy while creating new job opportunities in the rapidly growing AVGC sector. As a global hub for filmmaking, India's advancements in technology and infrastructure will enable the production of high-quality content, positioning the country as a leader in technological innovation and creativity.

Paryatan Mitra and Paryatan Didi

  • 29 Sep 2024

In News:

  • The Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, launched the national responsible tourism initiative ‘Paryatan Mitra & Paryatan Didi’ on September 27, 2024, coinciding with World Tourism Day.
  • Vision: Aligned with the Prime Minister's vision to use tourism as a tool for social inclusion, employment, and economic development.

Pilot Locations

  • Destinations: The initiative is piloted in six tourist destinations:
    • Orchha (Madhya Pradesh)
    • Gandikota (Andhra Pradesh)
    • Bodh Gaya (Bihar)
    • Aizawl (Mizoram)
    • Jodhpur (Rajasthan)
    • Sri Vijaya Puram (Andaman & Nicobar Islands)

Objectives and Training

  • Enhancing Tourist Experience: The program aims to connect tourists with ‘tourist-friendly’ individuals who serve as local ambassadors and storytellers.
  • Training Focus: Individuals interacting with tourists—such as cab drivers, hotel staff, street vendors, and students—receive training on:
    • Importance of tourism and hospitality
    • Cleanliness and safety
    • Sustainability practices
    • Local stories and attractions

Empowering Women and Youth

  • Target Groups: Emphasis on training women and youth to develop tourism products such as:
    • Heritage walks
    • Food and craft tours
    • Nature treks and homestays
  • Employment Opportunities: Aims to enable locals to secure jobs as homestay owners, cultural guides, and adventure guides.

Digital Literacy

  • Training in Digital Tools: Participants are also educated in digital literacy to enhance visibility of their offerings to tourists.

Impact and Recognition

  • Training Success: Since the program's pilot in August 2024, approximately 3,000 individuals have been trained.
  • Local Enthusiasm: Increased local interest in participating in tourism training programs and contributing to the tourism ecosystem.
  • Future Recognition: The Ministry plans to award dedicated badges to Paryatan Mitra and Didi participants, ensuring tourists can identify those committed to providing exceptional experiences.

INDIA TO SUPPORT TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO IN DEVELOPING UPI-LIKE PAYMENT SYSTEM

  • 29 Sep 2024

In News:

  • NPCI International Payments Limited (NIPL) has partnered with Trinidad and Tobago's Ministry of Digital Transformation to create a payment platform for person-to-person and person-to-merchant transactions.
  • Modeling on UPI: The new digital payments system will be based on India’s Unified Payments Interface (UPI), which is widely recognized as a leading digital payment solution.
  • Role of NPCI: NIPL, a quasi-government body under the Reserve Bank of India, manages India’s retail payment systems, including UPI.

Previous Initiatives

  • Global Expansion: Earlier in 2024, NIPL also committed to establishing digital payment systems in Peru and Namibia, leveraging the UPI model.
  • Ongoing Talks: NIPL is exploring opportunities with additional countries in Africa and South America to assist in building their payment infrastructures.

Significance:

  • UPI has emerged as a transformative force in India's financial landscape, registering nearly 15 billion transactions in August 2024, with an estimated value of USD 245 billion.
  • This strategic partnership aims to empower Trinidad and Tobago to establish a reliable and efficient real-time payments platform for both person-to-person (P2P) and person-to-merchant (P2M) transactions, expanding digital payments in the country and fostering financial inclusion.

GST COMPENSATION CESS

  • 29 Sep 2024

In News:

  • GST compensation cess likely to continue beyond January 2026, with potential rebranding and new end-use defined.
  • Revenue Collection: Estimated Rs 20,000 crore expected from the cess by February 2026, with recent receipts of Rs 12,068 crore in August 2024.
  • Cess Nature: The compensation cess, originally intended for revenue shortfall, cannot merge with the 28% GST slab due to regulatory limitations.

Financial Context

  • RBI Study Insights: Weighted average GST rate decreased from 14.4% at launch to 11.6%, now even below 11%, raising concerns among states.
  • State Concerns: Many states, including Punjab and Kerala, seek a 2-5 year extension for the compensation period to stabilize finances.

Regulatory Framework

  • Cess Legislation: GST Compensation Cess is governed by the Goods and Services Tax (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, initially set for five years.
  • Taxpayer Obligations: All suppliers of designated goods/services must collect the cess, except exporters and those under the composition scheme.

Distribution Mechanism

  • Calculation of Compensation: Based on projected revenue growth (14%) against actual revenue, with payments distributed bi-monthly.
  • Surplus Distribution: Any surplus in the compensation fund post-transition period will be shared between the Centre and states.

Future Considerations

  • Ministerial Panel: A panel established by the GST Council will recommend the cess's future and revenue sharing post-compensation.
  • Tax Expert Opinions: Some experts argue against pursuing the revenue-neutral rate, suggesting broader tax base expansion instead.
  • Revenue Gap Solutions: Options for addressing compensation fund deficits include revising cess formulas, increasing rates, or market borrowing.

GLOBAL INNOVATION INDEX (GII) 2024

  • 28 Sep 2024

In News:

  • India has moved up to 39th place among 133 economies in the GII 2024, showcasing significant progress from its 81st position in 2015.

Key Details:

  • Regional Leadership: India ranks first among the 10 economies in Central and Southern Asia, highlighting its emerging leadership in innovation within the region.
  • Lower-Middle-Income Economies: India is also the top-ranked lower-middle-income economy in the GII.
  • WIPO Science & Technology Ranking: India holds the 4th position in the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Science & Technology Cluster Ranking, indicating robust innovation capabilities.
  • Top Science & Technology Clusters: Major Indian cities—Mumbai, Delhi, Bengaluru, and Chennai—are recognized among the world’s Top 100 S&T clusters, emphasizing urban centers' roles in fostering innovation.
  • Intangible Asset Intensity: India ranks 7th globally in intangible asset intensity, reflecting a strong focus on knowledge-based assets and intellectual property.

Context and Significance of GII

  • Purpose of GII: The GII evaluates innovation ecosystems of 133 economies, providing insights into trends that drive economic and social change through innovation.
  • Global Leaders: The top five most innovative economies according to the GII 2024 are Switzerland, Sweden, the US, Singapore, and the UK.
  • Fastest Climbers: India is among the fastest climbers in the GII over the past decade, alongside China, Turkey, Vietnam, and the Philippines.

Overview of WIPO

  • Foundation and Mission: The World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), established in 1974 and part of the UN since then, aims to support global innovators and creators, ensuring the safe journey of their ideas to market.
  • Membership: WIPO comprises 193 member states, including a diverse range of developing and developed countries, facilitating a broad exchange of intellectual property knowledge.
  • Headquarters: Geneva, Switzerland.

WORLD TOURISM DAY 2024

  • 27 Sep 2024

In News:

The Ministry of Tourism celebrated World Tourism Day on September 27, 2024, under the theme “Tourism and Peace.” The focus was on how tourism fosters global peace by encouraging cross-cultural interactions and understanding.

Key Details:

  • World Tourism Day, established in 1980 by the United Nations World Tourism Organisation (UNWTO), celebrates the global impact of tourism and raises awareness about its economic, social, and cultural significance.
    • This day celebrates the diverse experiences that tourism offers and commits to making travel more inclusive, sustainable, and beneficial for all; here’s all you need to know about the day.
  • The date, September 27, was chosen to commemorate the adoption of UNWTO statutes in 1975
  • The theme for World Tourism Day 2024 is “Tourism and Peace,” which will highlight the association between tourism and world peace, with the United Nations emphasising the significance of comprehending diverse cultures and encouraging sustainable tourism.

World Tourism Day: Significance and Celebrations

  • World Tourism Day is a global event that celebrates the role of tourism in bridging cultural gaps, enhancing mutual understanding, and driving economic development.
  • It focuses on responsible tourism practices, celebrating diverse cultural heritage, and addressing environmental sustainability and fair distribution of benefits.
  • Events include seminars, workshops, and conferences on the theme of the year, cultural festivals, exhibitions, and public performances.
  • Educational campaigns and community outreach activities raise awareness about responsible travel, supporting local economies, and protecting natural environments.

Note:

  • The World Economic Forum, in its recently released Travel and Tourism Development Index (TTDI), shares the top countries gaining popularity in the travel and tourism industry.
  • Notably, in Southeast Asia, India ranks 39th as the TTDI’s top lower-middle-income economy. India’s strong Natural (6th), Cultural (9th) and Non-Leisure (9th) resources drive its travel industry, with the country’s being only one of three to score in the top 10 for all the resources pillars.
  • The TTDI measures the set of factors and policies that enable the sustainable and resilient development of the T&T sector, which in turn contributes to the development of a country. Among the 119 countries, here are the top 10 countries for travel and tourism in 2024 attracting travellers from all over the globe.

10 YEARS OF MAKE IN INDIA

  • 26 Sep 2024

In News:

The “Make in India” initiative has completed 10 years. It was launched by Prime Minister Narendra Modi on September 25, 2014.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • The ‘Make in India’ campaign aims to facilitate investment, foster innovation, enhance skill development, protect intellectual property & build best in class manufacturing infrastructure.
  • “Make in India” was designed to transform India into a global hub for design and manufacturing.
  • Seen as an important ‘Vocal for Local’ initiative, its objective is twofold. Firstly, to boost India’s manufacturing capabilities and secondly to showcase its industrial potential on a global stage.
  • The “Make in India 2.0” phase encompassing 27 sectors – both manufacturing and service. 

4 pillars of “Make in India” initiative: 

  • New Processes: To enhance the business environment, promote entrepreneurship and startups – ‘ease of doing business’ became a crucial factor.
  • New Infrastructure: Development of industrial corridors, smart cities, integrating state-of-the-art technology and high-speed communication to create world-class infrastructure, improving intellectual property rights (IPR) infrastructure etc. 
  • New Sectors: Opening of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in sectors like Defence Production, Insurance, Medical Devices, Construction, and Railway infrastructure. 
  • New Mindset: In order to support industrial growth and innovation – the government embraced a role as a facilitator rather than a regulator. The Government partners with industry in the economic development of the country. 

Key Initiatives to enable Make in India initiative

Production linked Incentive (PLI) Schemes: The primary goals of the PLI Schemes are to attract substantial investments, incorporate advanced technology, and ensure operational efficiency. These schemes cover 14 key sectors aimed at fostering investment in cutting-edge technology and promoting global competitiveness.

PM GatiShakti: It is a strategic initiative aimed at achieving Aatmanirbhar Bharat and a US $5 trillion economy by 2025 through the creation of multimodal and last-mile connectivity infrastructure. PM GatiShakti is a transformative approach for economic growth and sustainable development. The approach is driven by 7 engines, namely:

  1. Railways
  2. Roads
  3. Ports
  4. Waterways
  5. Airports
  6. Mass Transport
  7. Logistics Infrastructure

Semiconductor Ecosystem Development: It encompasses four key schemes:

  1. Modified Scheme for Setting Up Semiconductor Fabs in India
  2. Modified Scheme for Setting Up Display Fabs in India
  3. Modified Scheme for Setting Up Compound Semiconductors, Silicon Photonics, Sensors Fabs, and Discrete Semiconductors, along with Semiconductor Assembly, Testing, Marking, and Packaging (ATMP) / OSAT Facilities in India
  4. Design Linked Incentive (DLI) Scheme

It aims to foster the development of a sustainable semiconductor and display ecosystem in the country. 

The Semicon India Programme aims to provide a significant impetus to semiconductor and display manufacturing by facilitating capital support and promoting technological collaborations. 

National Logistics Policy: Introduced to complement the PM GatiShakti National Master Plan. It focusses on enhancing the soft infrastructure of India’s logistics sector. 

The Comprehensive Logistics Action Plan (CLAP) was rolled out. The key areas which it addresses are logistics systems, standardization, human resource development, state engagement, and logistics parks.

The National Industrial Corridor Development Programme: Aims to create “Smart Cities” and advanced industrial hubs.

Startup India: Several programs aimed at supporting entrepreneurs, building a robust startup ecosystem, and transforming India into a country of job creators instead of job seekers were rolled out.

Implementation of the Goods and Services Tax (GST): As India’s tax reforms, it is seen as crucial in the context of the Make in India initiative.

Unified Payments Interface: For India’s digital economy growth, it is seen as one of the key initiatives to enable ease of doing business. 

Ease of Doing Business: The efforts aim to simplify regulations, reduce bureaucratic hurdles, and create a more business-friendly environment, significantly boosting investor confidence and supporting the objectives of the Make in India initiative.

SPICED SCHEME

  • 25 Sep 2024

In the News

The Union Ministry of Commerce and Industry has authorized the SPICED scheme (Sustainability in Spice Sector through Progressive, Innovative, and Collaborative Interventions for Export Development), which will run until 2025-26.

Overview

This initiative aims to expand the cultivation area and enhance the productivity of both small and large cardamom. It will also focus on improving the quality of spices for export through advancements in post-harvest processes and promoting value-added spice exports.

Key Objectives:

  • Increase cardamom production and boost export potential.
  • Improve post-harvest quality to meet export standards and ensure compliance with safety and quality regulations.

India holds the position of the largest producer, consumer, and exporter of spices globally.

Cardamom

Cardamom is sourced from the seeds of the Elettaria cardamomum plant (commonly known as green or true cardamom) and is a member of the ginger family. It is known for its unique, robust flavor that combines both spicy and sweet notes. There are two primary varieties: Small Cardamom and Large Cardamom.

Small Cardamom:

  • Origin: Native to the evergreen forests of South India's Western Ghats.
  • Major Producers: Primarily grown in Kerala, Karnataka, and Tamil Nadu.
  • Growing Conditions: Thrives in loamy soil with thick shade, requires temperatures between 10°C and 35°C, and needs 1500 to 4000 mm of annual rainfall.

Large Cardamom:

  • Distribution: Mainly cultivated in the Sub-Himalayan regions of Northeast India, Nepal, and Bhutan.
  • Major Producers: Key production areas include Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, and the Darjeeling district of West Bengal.
  • Growing Conditions: Prefers high altitudes (600 to 2000 meters), with average rainfall of 3000-3500 mm, and temperatures ranging from 6°C to 30°C. Well-drained, loamy soils rich in organic matter are ideal.

About the Spices Board of India

Established in 1987 under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, the Spices Board of India serves as the apex organization for the promotion and export of a diverse array of spices, including black pepper, both small and large cardamom, ginger, turmeric, cinnamon, cumin, and fenugreek. The Board was formed by merging the Cardamom Board (1968) and the Spices Export Promotion Council (1960). Its headquarters is located in Kochi, Kerala.

WHITE REVOLUTION 2.0

  • 20 Sep 2024
  • Overview:
    • India is the world's largest milk producer, with production reaching 230.58 million tonnes in 2022-23.
    • White Revolution 2.0 focuses on cooperative societies, similar to the foundation laid by Operation Flood in the 1970s.
  • Objectives of White Revolution 2.0:
    • Increase daily milk procurement from 660 lakh kg (2023-24) to 1,007 lakh kg by 2028-29.
    • Enhance the market access for dairy farmers, especially in uncovered areas.
    • Generate employment and empower women through increased dairy cooperative involvement.
  • Current Landscape:
    • The Ministry of Cooperation has prioritized expanding the cooperative network since its formation in 2021.
    • Dairy cooperatives operate in 70% of India’s districts with approximately 1.7 lakh dairy cooperative societies (DCSs).
    • These DCSs serve around 2 lakh villages (30% of total villages) and account for 10% of milk production and 16% of marketable surplus.
  • Regional Coverage:
    • States like Gujarat, Kerala, and Sikkim have over 70% village coverage by dairy cooperatives.
    • In contrast, states such as Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and Madhya Pradesh have only 10-20% coverage.
    • Less than 10% coverage is observed in West Bengal, Assam, and several smaller northeastern states.
  • Expansion Plans:
    • NDDB plans to establish 56,000 new multipurpose dairy cooperative societies over the next five years and strengthen 46,000 existing DCSs.
    • A pilot project initiated in February 2023 aims to set up dairy cooperatives in uncovered gram panchayats in Haryana, Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka.
  • Funding Sources:
    • The National Programme for Dairy Development (NPDD) 2.0 will primarily fund White Revolution 2.0.
    • Financial assistance will support village-level milk procurement, chilling facilities, and training initiatives.
  • Current Production Insights:
    • India’s milk production has grown significantly from 17 million tonnes in 1951-52 to 230.58 million tonnes.
    • Average yield per animal is 8.55 kg/day for exotic/crossbred and 3.44 kg/day for indigenous animals.
  • Per Capita Milk Availability:
    • National average: 459 grams/day, higher than the global average of 323 grams/day.
    • Significant regional variation: from 329 grams in Maharashtra to 1,283 grams in Punjab.
  • Top Milk Producing States:
    • Uttar Pradesh (15.72%), Rajasthan (14.44%), Madhya Pradesh (8.73%), Gujarat (7.49%), Andhra Pradesh (6.70%) contribute to 53.08% of total production.
    • Indigenous buffaloes contribute 31.94%, while crossbred cattle contribute 29.81%.
  • Market Dynamics:
    • About 63% of total milk production is marketed; two-thirds of this is in the unorganised sector.
    • Cooperatives hold a significant share in the organised sector, providing livelihoods to over 8.5 crore individuals, primarily women.
  • Economic Impact:
    • The dairy sector represents 40% (?11.16 lakh crore) of the agricultural value output in 2022-23, surpassing cereals.

Net Direct Tax inflows increase by 16.1%

  • 19 Sep 2024

In News:

  • Advance tax payments from corporates and personal taxpayers have risen by 22.6%, surpassing ?4.36 lakh crore. This increase is driven by a 39.2% rise in Personal Income Tax (PIT) receipts and an 18.2% uptick in corporate taxes.

Key Details:

  • Overall net direct tax receipts have reached approximately ?9.96 lakh crore, reflecting a 16.1% increase, though this marks a slowdown from the 22.5% growth recorded as of August 11.
  • As of September 17, corporate tax collections grew by 10.5%, while inflows from PIT increased by 18.9%.
  • Securities Transaction Tax collections nearly doubled to ?26,154 crore, and refunds surged by 56.5% to ?2.05 lakh crore, according to data from the Income Tax Department.
  • Personal taxes continue to outpace corporate taxes, contributing 51.7% of net direct tax receipts for the year.
  • Gross tax collections, before accounting for refunds, have risen by 21.5%, totaling ?12.01 lakh crore.

Windfall tax on crude oil cut to zero

  • 18 Sep 2024

In News:

The windfall tax on domestically produced crude oil will be slashed to ‘zero’ effective September 18. This marks its second reduction to nil since its introduction in July 2022.

Key Details:

  • The windfall tax is revised every 15 days based on average oil prices over the previous two weeks, charged as Special Additional Excise Duty (SAED) on profits from domestically produced crude oil.
  • The last revision, effective August 31, set the windfall tax at ?1,850 per tonne.
  • The SAED on the export of diesel, petrol, and jet fuel (ATF) has been set to ‘nil’ following a major decline in crude oil prices.
  • This is the second instance since the tax was imposed that it has been reduced to nil; the first reduction occurred on April 4, 2023.

Crude Oil Prices

  • Crude oil prices increased by $1 per barrel due to supply chain issues; traders anticipate demand growth if the US Federal Reserve lowers borrowing costs.
  • More than 12% of crude production from the US Gulf of Mexico was offline last week due to Hurricane Francine, contributing to price increases in three of the past four sessions. US crude futures rose by $1.31 (1.9%) to $71.40, while Brent crude futures increased by $1 (1.4%) to $73.75 per barrel.
  • The windfall tax on crude oil companies was introduced in July 2022 to control extreme profits from gasoline, diesel, and aviation fuel exports.

What is a Windfall Tax?

  • A windfall tax is a surtax imposed by governments on businesses or economic sectors that have benefited from economic expansion.
  • The purpose is to redistribute excess profits in one area to raise funds for the greater social good; however, this can be a contentious ideal.
  • Some individual taxes—such as inheritance tax or taxes on lottery or game-show winnings—can also be construed as a windfall tax.

NIDHI Companies

  • 16 Sep 2024

In News:

The Registrar of Companies has imposed penalties on over two dozen Nidhi companies for breaches of the Companies Act, such as delayed financial filings and share allotment issues. Fines range from ?20,000 to ?12.5 lakh, with Sri Sathuragiri Nidhi receiving the highest penalty.

What is Nidhi Company?

A Nidhi Company is a unique NBFC regulated under the Companies Act, 2013, and the Nidhi Rules, 2014. Nidhi company signifies that these companies promote thrift and savings habits among their members by accepting deposits and providing loans. They primarily cater to their local communities and operate within a defined geographical area.

Requirements for Obtaining Nidhi Company Status:

Within One Year of Registration:

  • Minimum Membership: A Nidhi company must have at least 200 members within one year of starting operations.
  • Financial Strength: The company's net owned funds (equity share capital + free reserves - accumulated losses - intangible assets) must be ?10 lakh or more.
  • Deposit Security: Unencumbered term deposits (deposits not pledged as security) must be at least 10% of the total outstanding deposits.
  • Healthy Debt Ratio: The ratio of net owned funds to deposits should not exceed 1:20. This ensures the company has sufficient capital to back its deposit liabilities.

Compliance Filing:

If a Nidhi company meets all the above conditions within the first year, it must file form NDH-1 along with the prescribed fees within 90 days from the end of that financial year. The form needs to be certified by a practicing Chartered Accountant (CA), Company Secretary (CS), or Cost and Works Accountant (CWA).

Extension Option:

Companies that are unable to meet the requirements within the first year can apply for an extension of one additional financial year. To do so, they need to submit form NDH-2 to the Regional Director within 30 days from the end of the first financial year.

Strict Enforcement:

If a Nidhi company fails to meet the requirements even after the second financial year, it will be prohibited from accepting new deposits until it complies with the regulations. Additionally, it may face penalties for non-compliance.

Benefits of Nidhi Company Registration

Nidhi companies offer several advantages for entrepreneurs:

  • Tax benefits: They can enjoy tax exemptions on their profits under certain conditions.
  • Reduced regulatory burden: Compared to other NBFCs, Nidhi companies face less stringent regulations.
  • Local focus: They cater to the specific financial needs of their communities, fostering local economic development.
  • Enhanced credibility: Registration brings legitimacy and builds trust among members.

Eligibility for Nidhi Company Registration

For registration of Nidhi company, the following requirements must be met:

  • Minimum members: A minimum of seven members are required at the time of incorporation.
  • Minimum capital: The minimum paid-up capital must be Rs. 5 lakh.
  • Business restrictions: Nidhi companies cannot undertake activities like issuing debentures or underwriting insurance.
  • Profit distribution: They can only distribute a maximum of 20% of their net profit as dividend.

BHASKAR Platform

  • 16 Sep 2024

In News:

The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Ministry of Commerce and Industry, is set to launch a groundbreaking digital platform aimed at strengthening India’s startup ecosystem.

Key Details:

  • The Bharat Startup Knowledge Access Registry (BHASKAR) initiative, under the Startup India program, is a platform designed to centralize, streamline, and enhance collaboration among key stakeholders within the entrepreneurial ecosystem, including startups, investors, mentors, service providers, and government bodies.
  • This initiative aligns with the Government of India’s vision to transform India into a global leader in innovation and entrepreneurship, reinforcing the country’s commitment to the startup movement.

Empowering Innovation Through a Centralized Platform

  • India, home to over 1,46,000 DPIIT-recognized startups, has rapidly become one of the world’s most dynamic startup hubs. BHASKAR seeks to leverage this potential by providing an all-encompassing, one-stop digital platform that addresses the challenges faced by entrepreneurs and investors alike.
  • By serving as a centralized registry, BHASKAR will enable seamless access to a wide array of resources, tools, and knowledge that will help fuel the entrepreneurial journey from ideation to execution.
  • BHASKAR is designed to foster a conducive environment for networking, collaboration, and growth within the startup ecosystem.
  • By providing personalized BHASKAR IDs for each stakeholder, the platform will facilitate easier interaction, enhance searchability, and allow for efficient discovery of relevant opportunities and partnerships.

Key Features of BHASKAR

  • The primary goal of BHASKAR is to build the world’s largest digital registry for stakeholders within the startup ecosystem. To achieve this, the platform will offer several key features:
    • Networking and Collaboration: BHASKAR will bridge the gap between startups, investors, mentors, and other stakeholders, allowing for seamless interaction across sectors.
    • Providing Centralized Access to Resources: By consolidating resources, the platform will provide startups with immediate access to critical tools and knowledge, enabling faster decision-making and more efficient scaling.
    • Creating Personalized Identification: Every stakeholder will be assigned a unique BHASKAR ID, ensuring personalized interactions and tailored experiences across the platform.
    • Enhancing Discoverability: Through powerful search features, users can easily locate relevant resources, collaborators, and opportunities, ensuring faster decision-making and action.
    • Supporting India’s Global Brand: BHASKAR will serve as a vehicle for promoting India’s global reputation as a hub for innovation, making cross-border collaborations more accessible to startups and investors alike. 

Driving Forward India’s Startup Ecosystem

  • The launch of BHASKAR marks a significant step forward in the government’s ongoing efforts to promote innovation, entrepreneurship, and job creation. It will serve as a central hub where startups, investors, service providers, and government bodies can come together to collaborate, exchange ideas, and accelerate growth.
  • By facilitating easy access to knowledge and resources, BHASKAR will help unlock the full potential of India’s startup ecosystem, driving the country’s emergence as a global leader in entrepreneurship. The platform will be pivotal in creating a more resilient, inclusive, and innovation-driven economy, laying the foundation for a prosperous future.

BHASKAR: Shaping the Future of India's Startups

As India’s startup ecosystem continues to grow, BHASKAR will play a critical role in enhancing the country’s global standing in entrepreneurship. By fostering a culture of collaboration, the platform will help startups overcome challenges and build innovative solutions that address the needs of tomorrow.

With the launch of BHASKAR, the Government of India is reinforcing its commitment to making India a leader in global innovation, entrepreneurship, and economic growth. 

PM Gram Sadak Yojana-IV

  • 15 Sep 2024

In News:

  • The Union Cabinet, chaired by the Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi approved the proposal of the Department of Rural Development for “Implementation of the Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana - IV (PMGSY-IV) during FY 2024-25 to 2028-29”.
  • The financial assistance is to be provided for the construction of 62,500 Kms road for providing new connectivity to eligible 25,000 unconnected habitations and construction/upgradation of bridges on the new connectivity roads. Total outlay of this scheme will be Rs. 70,125 crore.

 Details of the Scheme:

The details of the approval given by the Cabinet are as follows:

  • Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana -IV is launched for financial year 2024-25 to 2028-29. Total outlay of this scheme is Rs. 70,125 crore (Central Share of Rs. 49,087.50 crore and Sate Share of Rs. 21,037.50 crore).
  • Under this scheme 25,000 unconnected habitations of population size 500+ in plains, 250+ in NE & Hill Sates/UTs, special category areas (Tribal Schedule V, Aspirational Districts/Blocks, Desert areas) and 100+ in LWE affected districts, as per Census 2011 will be covered.
  • Under this scheme 62,500 Km of all-weather roads will be provided to unconnected habitations. Construction of required bridges along the alignment of the all-weather road will also be provided.

Benefits:

  • 25,000 unconnected habitations will be provided all weather road connectivity.
  • The all-weather roads will play the role of catalysts for the required socio-economic development and transformation of the remote rural areas. While connecting habitations, the nearby government educational, health, market, growth centers will be connected, as far as feasible, with the all-weather road for the benefit of the local people.
  • The PMGSY -IV will incorporate international benchmarks and best practices under road constructions such as Cold Mix Technology and Waste Plastic, Panelled Cement concrete, Cell filled concrete, Full Depth Reclamation, use of construction waste and other wastes such as Fly Ash, Steel Slag, etc.
  • PMGSY -IV road alignment planning will be undertaken through the PM Gati Shakti portal. The planning tool on PM Gati Shakti portal will also assist in DPR preparation.

Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY)

  • PMGSY is a central government scheme launched in 2000 to provide all-weather road connectivity to unconnected rural habitations.
  • The scheme was originally a 100% centrally-sponsored initiative, but starting from the financial year 2015-16, the funding has been shared between the Central and State governments in a 60:40 ratio.

India’s $15 Billion Push for Chipmaking

  • 07 Sep 2024

In News:

India is significantly ramping up its efforts to establish a semiconductor manufacturing industry, with plans to invest $15 billion in the second phase of its chipmaking incentive policy. This move aims to bolster the country's position in the global semiconductor supply chain, where it currently has minimal presence.

Key Points:

  1. Government Funding and Projects:
    • Increased Investment: The Indian government is boosting its funding for chipmaking incentives to $15 billion, up from the $10 billion committed in the first phase.
    • Approved Projects: Four major semiconductor projects have been approved, totaling over Rs 1.48 lakh crore ($18 billion). This includes:
      • Tata and PSMC Fabrication Plant: India’s first commercial semiconductor fabrication plant, with an investment of more than Rs 91,000 crore ($11 billion), developed in partnership with Taiwan’s Powerchip Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation (PSMC).
      • Assembly and Testing Plants (ATMP/OSAT): Three plants:
        • Micron Technology is building the first plant, approved in June 2023.
        • Tata is constructing an assembly plant in Assam.
        • C G Power and Industrial Solutions, in partnership with Japan’s Renesas Electronics, is developing the third plant.

 

  1. Government Subsidies:
    • Capex Subsidies: The central government will provide nearly Rs 59,000 crore ($7 billion) in capital expenditure subsidies for these projects.
    • State Support: State governments are offering incentives such as discounted land and electricity rates.
  2. Strategic Importance:
    • Economic and Strategic Impact: Semiconductor chips are critical to a wide range of industries, including defense, automotive, and consumer electronics. Developing domestic chipmaking capabilities is seen as essential for economic growth and strategic independence.
    • Global Competition: India is entering a highly competitive field dominated by Taiwan and the US. The US has a $50 billion chip incentive scheme, while the EU has a similar program. India’s efforts are part of a broader strategy to reduce dependence on global chip supply chains and capitalize on geopolitical shifts.
  3. Challenges and Realities:
    • Technology Barriers: The Tata-PSMC plant will not produce cutting-edge chips, as the technology for advanced nodes is currently beyond their reach. Manufacturing chips with smaller node sizes involves significant technological expertise and innovation, areas where leading companies like Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC) excel.
    • High Entry Barriers: The chipmaking industry has high entry barriers, and India’s new plants will face challenges in achieving technological and competitive parity with established global leaders.

India's push into semiconductor manufacturing represents a major step in its economic development and strategic planning, aiming to position itself as a significant player in the global tech landscape while addressing critical supply chain vulnerabilities.

 

SAMRIDH Scheme

  • 06 Sep 2024

In News:

  • Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) launches 2nd Cohort of Startup Accelerators of MeitY for Product Innovation, Development and Growth (SAMRIDH).

About SAMRIDH Scheme:

  • SAMRIDH is a flagship programme of MeitY for startups acceleration under National Policy on Software Products – 2019.
  • The SAMRIDH programme, launched in August 2021 aims to support 300 software product startups with outlay of ?99 crore over a period of 4 years.
  • SAMRIDH is being implemented through potential and established accelerators across India which provide services like making products market fit, business plan, investor connect and international expansion to startups plus matching funding upto ?40 lakh by MeitY.
  • The scheme is being implemented by MeitY Start-up Hub (MSH), Digital India Corporation (DIC).
  • In the first round of cohort, 22 Accelerators spread across 12 states are supporting 175 startups, selected through a multilevel screening process.
  • Major Objective:
    • The SAMRIDH scheme aims to support existing and upcoming Accelerators to select and accelerate potential IT-based startups to scale.
    • Among others, the program focuses on accelerating the startups by providing customer connect, investors connect and connect to international markets
  • Eligibility of Accelerator:
    • Should be a registered Section-8/Society, [Not-for-Profit Company (eligible to hold equity)] having operations in India.
    • The Accelerator and the team are recommended to have more than 3 years of startup experience and should have supported more than 50 start-ups of which at least 10 startups should have received investment from external Investors
    • The Accelerator should have an experience of running startup program cohorts with activities listed as desirable under SAMRIDH program.

eShram portal

  • 04 Sep 2024

In News:

The Ministry of Labour & Employment (MoLE) stated in a latest update that in the short span of three years since its launch, eShram has registered more than 30 crore unorganised workers, showcasing its rapid and widespread adoption among the unorganised workers.

Key Highlights:

  • The Government envisages to establishing the eShram portal as a "One-Stop-Solution" for Country’s unorganised workers.
  • During Budget speech 2024-25 it has been announced that, A comprehensive integration of eShram portal with other portals will facilitate such One-Stop-Solution.
  • This initiative aims to facilitate access of various social security schemes being implemented by different Ministries/ Departments to unorganised workers through the eShram portal.
  • As part of the eShram - One Stop Solution project, Ministry of Labour and Employment (MoLE) has been working to integrate major schemes like Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY), Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY), Ayushman Bharat Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (AB-PMJAY), Pradhan Mantri Street Vendors Atmanirbhar Nidhi (PM-SVANidhi), Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA), Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana Gramin (PMAY-G), Ration Card scheme etc. for the benefit of the unorganised workers.

What is e-Shram and its purpose?

  • e-Shram is a comprehensive National Database of Unorganised Workers (NDUW) launched by the Government of India under the Ministry of Labour & Employment.
  • Its primary purpose is to facilitate delivery of welfare benefits and social security measures to unorganised sector workers across the country.
  • The platform aims to register and provide identity cards to unorganised workers, enabling them to access various government schemes, benefits, and services more efficiently.

Who are unorganised workers?

Any worker who is a home-based worker, self-employed worker or a wage worker working in the unorganised sector and not a member of ESIC or EPFO, is called an unorganised worker.

What is unorganised sector?

Unorganised sector comprises of establishment/ units which are engaged in the production/ sale of goods/ services and employs less than 10 workers. These units are not covered under ESIC & EPFO.

What is UAN?

UAN or Universal Account Number is a 12 digit number uniquely assigned to each unorganised worker after registration on e-Shram portal. UAN is a permanent number i.e., once assigned, it will remain unchanged for any worker.

Delhi Declaration on Civil Aviation

  • 13 Sep 2024

In the News:

The Prime Minister has announced the adoption of the Delhi Declaration on Civil Aviation.

Overview:

The Delhi Declaration was unanimously accepted following the conclusion of the 2nd Asia Pacific Ministerial Conference held in New Delhi. This Declaration provides a thorough framework designed to boost regional cooperation, tackle emerging challenges, and promote sustainable growth within the civil aviation sector across the Asia-Pacific region. The conference also marks the 80th anniversary of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO).

Key Announcements:

  • Prime Minister Narendra Modi highlighted significant achievements in Indian aviation, noting that women make up 15% of Indian pilots, a figure that surpasses the global average.
  • A proposal for establishing an International Buddhist Circuit was introduced to enhance regional tourism and connectivity.
  • India plans to build between 350 and 400 new airports by 2047, aiming to increase its global aviation presence.
  • A Pacific Small Island Developing States Liaison Office will be created to help smaller nations manage aviation-related issues.
  • The ‘Ek Ped Ma Ke Naam’ campaign was launched, with a goal to plant 80,000 trees in honor of ICAO’s 80 years, emphasizing green aviation and sustainability in future initiatives.

Significance of the Delhi Declaration:

  • It marks a significant advancement in enhancing regional cooperation in civil aviation within the rapidly growing Asia-Pacific region.
  • The framework tackles crucial issues such as sustainability, green aviation, and safety, which are vital for the current aviation industry.
  • Initiatives like the International Buddhist Circuit are in line with broader regional objectives to improve connectivity, tourism, and economic development throughout Asia.
  • India aims to assert itself as a major global aviation player with its ambitious plan to construct 350-400 airports by 2047, thereby becoming a key contributor to aviation infrastructure development.

Civil Aviation Sector in India:

  • India ranks as the third-largest domestic aviation market globally and is projected to become the third-largest overall by 2025.
  • The sector is expanding through significant government programs such as the UDAN Scheme, Pradhan Mantri Gati Shakti Plan, and NCAP 2016.
  • With 136 operational airports and plans for an additional 100, the government is focused on modernizing infrastructure, improving regional connectivity, and promoting public-private partnerships for airport development.

International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO):

  • Established in 1947 by the Chicago Convention (1944).
  • Headquarters: Montreal, Canada.
  • Functions:
    1. Ensures the safety and efficiency of international air transport.
    2. Sets standards for aviation safety, security, and environmental performance.
    3. Encourages regional and international agreements to liberalize aviation markets.
    4. Promotes cooperation and dialogue among its 193 member states.
    5. Develops legal frameworks for aviation laws and standards.

SAARTHI APP

  • 13 Sep 2024

In News:

Recently, the Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) introduced the Saarthi app in partnership with Bhashini.

About the Saarthi App:

  • The Saarthi app is a reference tool designed to help businesses create their own customized buyer-side applications.
  • It facilitates network participants in developing buyer apps with multilingual capabilities. Initially, the app supports Hindi, English, Marathi, Bangla, and Tamil, with plans to expand to all 22 languages offered by Bhashini.
  • The app features real-time translation, transliteration, and voice recognition, allowing businesses to broaden their market reach and attract customers from new regions.

What is Bhashini?

  • Bhashini is India's AI-driven language translation platform. Its goal is to facilitate easy access to the internet and digital services in Indian languages, including through voice-based interactions, and to aid in the creation of content in these languages.
  • The platform is designed to provide Artificial Intelligence and Natural Language Processing (NLP) resources to Indian MSMEs, startups, and individual innovators. This support will help developers offer all Indians access to the internet and digital services in their native languages.
  • Additionally, Bhashini features a ‘Bhasadaan’ section for crowdsourcing contributions and is available through Android and iOS apps.

4 Years of Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY)

  • 14 Sep 2024

Context: 

Celebrating Four Years of Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY)

The Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) has marked its fourth anniversary since its launch in 2020. This flagship scheme, managed by the Department of Fisheries under the Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry, and Dairying, aims to transform India’s fisheries sector into a vibrant and sustainable industry.

About PMMSY

The PMMSY is designed to invigorate the fisheries sector through a comprehensive approach that consolidates various existing schemes and initiatives. It operates as an umbrella scheme with two main components:

- Central Sector Scheme (CS)

- Centrally Sponsored Scheme (CSS)

The CSS component is divided into:

Non-Beneficiary Oriented Subcomponents:

   - Enhancement of Production and Productivity

   - Infrastructure and Post-Harvest Management

   - Fisheries Management and Regulatory Framework

Fisheries Sector Overview

India stands as the third-largest fish producer globally and the second-largest in aquaculture production. It is also the fourth-largest exporter of fish and fisheries products, experiencing a notable 26.73% growth in exports from FY 2021-22 to FY 2022-23. Andhra Pradesh leads the country in fish production, followed by West Bengal and Gujarat. The sector supports the livelihoods of over 30 million people.

 

The Department of Fisheries is spearheading the PMMSY to foster a "Blue Revolution" through sustainable and responsible development of the fisheries sector.

Challenges Facing the Fisheries Sector

1. Overfishing: Excessive fishing pressure threatens fish stocks and disrupts ecosystem balance.

2. Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated (IUU) Fishing: Practices such as fishing without proper authorization and using banned gear undermine conservation efforts.

3. Lack of Infrastructure and Technology: Outdated technology and inadequate storage and transportation facilities result in post-harvest losses and reduced productivity.

4. Poor Fisheries Management: Inefficient regulation enforcement and lack of comprehensive data exacerbate overfishing and IUU fishing.

5. Pollution and Habitat Destruction: Industrial pollution and habitat destruction from activities like coastal reclamation impact marine and freshwater ecosystems.

6. Climate Change: Altered oceanic and freshwater environments affect fish distribution and reproductive cycles, disrupting fisheries ecosystems.

7. Socio-Economic Issues: Poverty and limited livelihood options increase the vulnerability of fishing communities.

Government Initiatives for Sector Growth

1. National Fisheries Development Board (NFDB): Established in 2006, the NFDB plans and promotes fisheries development, enhancing production and infrastructure.

2. Blue Revolution: Launched in 2015, this initiative focuses on sustainable development, modern technology adoption, and strengthening fisheries governance.

3. Sagarmala Programme: Also launched in 2015, it aims to boost port-led development and includes projects to develop fishing harbors and cold chain infrastructure.

4. National Fisheries Policy: Introduced in 2020, this policy provides a framework for sustainable fisheries development, focusing on responsible management and socio-economic improvements.

5. Fish Farmers Development Agencies (FFDAs): Established at the district level to provide technical guidance and support to fish farmers.

6. Fisheries and Aquaculture Infrastructure Development Fund (FIDF): Created in 2018-19 with a fund of Rs 7,522.48 crore to address infrastructure needs, resulting in 121 approved projects.

7. Coastal Aquaculture Authority (CAA): Regulates coastal aquaculture to ensure sustainability and environmental conservation.

Way Forward

The fisheries sector in India holds immense potential due to its extensive coastline and water resources. Key measures to further enhance the sector include:

- Strengthening Monitoring and Enforcement: Combat IUU fishing with better monitoring and regulatory mechanisms.

- Supporting Sustainable Practices: Provide financial incentives for adopting modern technologies and sustainable practices.

- Protecting Aquatic Habitats: Ensure the conservation and restoration of vital habitats like mangroves and coral reefs.

- Improving Supply Chain Infrastructure: Develop better market linkages to ensure fair pricing and access to markets.

With these strategies, the PMMSY aims to drive the sustainable growth of India’s fisheries sector and bolster its contribution to the economy and livelihoods.

World Bank hikes India's economic projection to 7% for FY 2024-25

  • 04 Sep 2024
  • The World Bank has forecast a growth of 7% for the Indian economy for the current fiscal year, upping its earlier estimate of 6.6%.
  • In its report, India Development Update: India’s Trade Opportunities in a Changing Global Context, the World Bank said India’s growth continued to be strong despite a challenging global environment.
  • The World Bank growth projection is in line with those of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and Asian Development Bank (ADB).
    • Both the institutions have raised their forecast to 7% for the financial year ending March 2025.
  • The India Development Update [IDU] observes that India remained the fastest-growing major economy and grew at a rapid clip of 8.2% in FY 23/24.
    • Growth was boosted by public infrastructure investment and an upswing in household investments in real estate.
    • On the supply side, it was supported by a buoyant manufacturing sector, which grew by 9.9%, and resilient services activity, which compensated for underperformance in agriculture.
  • Reflecting these trends, urban unemployment has improved gradually since the pandemic, especially for female workers. While female urban unemployment fell to 8.5 % in early FY24/25, the urban youth unemployment remained elevated at 17%.
  • India’s robust growth prospects, along with declining inflation rate will help to reduce extreme poverty
  • India can boost its growth further by harnessing its global trade potential. In addition to IT, business services and pharma where it excels, India can diversify its export basket with increased exports in textiles, apparel, and footwear sectors, as well as electronics and green technology products.
  • A recovery in agriculture will partially offset a marginal moderation in industry and all services will remain robust. The rural private consumption will recover, thanks to the expected recovery in agriculture.
  • The report also highlights the critical role of trade for boosting growth. The global trade landscape has witnessed increased protectionism in recent years. The post pandemic reconfiguration of global value chains, triggered by the pandemic, has created opportunities for India.
  • The IDU recommends a three-pronged approach towards achieving the $1 trillion merchandise export target by reducing trade costs further, lowering trade barriers, and deepening trade integration.

Addressing Vertical Fiscal Imbalance: The Role of the 16th Finance Commission

  • 06 Sep 2024

In India, the financial relationship between the Union government and the States is characterized by vertical fiscal imbalance (VFI), where the Union government holds most of the revenue while States shoulder significant expenditure responsibilities. The 16th Finance Commission has a pivotal role in addressing this imbalance. Here's how it should approach the issue:

Understanding Vertical Fiscal Imbalance (VFI)

  • Current Situation:
    • States incur 61% of revenue expenditure but collect only 38% of revenue receipts.
    • States rely heavily on transfers from the Union government, leading to a pronounced VFI.
  • VFI Definition:
    • VFI arises when the expenditure responsibilities of States exceed their revenue-raising capabilities, necessitating transfers from the Union.

Reasons to Address VFI

  • Constitutional Allocation:
    • Revenue duties and expenditure responsibilities are constitutionally divided.
    • Union government collects Personal Income Tax, Corporation Tax, and part of indirect taxes for efficiency.
    • States are better positioned to deliver publicly provided goods and services effectively.
  • Historical Context:
    • The 15th Finance Commission highlighted that India has experienced a rising VFI, exacerbated by crises like the COVID-19 pandemic.
  • Finance Commission's Role:
    • The Commission addresses VFI by determining how to allocate taxes collected by the Union to the States and how to distribute these among States.

Finance Commission Recommendations

  • Tax Devolution:
    • The Commission recommends devolving a portion of Union taxes to States.
    • The 14th and 15th Finance Commissions recommended devolving 42% and 41% of net proceeds, respectively.
    • To eliminate VFI, devolution should be around 48.94%.
  • Grants and Transfers:
    • The Commission also suggests grants under Article 275 for specific purposes.
    • Transfers under Article 282, such as centrally sponsored and central sector schemes, are tied and include conditionalities, which are not untied resources.

Calculation and Recommendations for VFI

  • Estimating VFI:
    • Ratio = (Own Revenue Receipts + Tax Devolution) / Own Revenue Expenditure.
    • A ratio less than 1 indicates insufficient revenue to meet expenditure, showing the VFI deficit.
  • Empirical Findings:
    • To address VFI, the share of net proceeds devolved to States should be around 49%.
    • This increase would ensure that States have more untied resources, enhancing their ability to meet local needs and priorities.

Implications of Increased Tax Devolution

  • Enhanced State Capacity:
    • A higher share of tax devolution would empower States with more resources for untied expenditures.
    • It would improve the alignment of State expenditures with local needs and priorities.
  • Improved Efficiency:
    • Enhanced devolution would lead to better efficiency in expenditure by allowing States to respond more effectively to jurisdictional requirements.
  • Strengthened Fiscal Federalism:
    • Addressing VFI through increased tax devolution contributes to a more balanced and cooperative fiscal federalism.

Conclusion: The 16th Finance Commission should focus on increasing the share of tax devolution to around 50% to address the vertical fiscal imbalance. This adjustment will provide States with the necessary resources to manage their expenditure responsibilities more effectively and ensure a more equitable distribution of fiscal resources in India’s federal structure.

Economic Capital Framework (ECF)

  • 23 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Central Board of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has approved a record surplus transfer of Rs 2.11 lakh crore to the Central government for the fiscal year 2023-24, determined based on the Economic Capital Framework (ECF).

What is the Economic Capital Framework (ECF)?

  • The Economic Capital Framework (ECF)  is an objective, rule-based, transparent methodology for determining the appropriate level of risk provisions (fund allocation to capital reserve) that is to be made under Section 47 of the Reserve Bank of India Act.
  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) developed an Economic Capital Framework (ECF) for determining the allocation of funds to its capital reserves so that any risk contingency can be met as well as to transfer the profit of the RBI to the government.
  • There are two clear objectives for the ECF.
    • First, the RBI as a macroeconomic institution has the responsibility to fight any disorder especially a crisis in the financial system. Here, to meet such a crisis, the RBI should have adequate funds attached under the capital reserve.
    • Second, is transferring the remaining part of the net income to the government.
  • The process of adding funds to the capital reserve is a yearly one where the RBI allots money out of its net income to the capital reserve.
  • How much funds shall be added to the capital reserve each year depends upon the risky situation in the financial system and the economy.
  • The process of allocation of funds is technically called as provisioning (risk provisioning etc.,) to the reserves.
  • After allotting money to the capital reserve, the remaining net income of the RBI is transferred to the government as profit.
  • Since the government is the shareholder of the RBI, the latter’s income (means profit) should be transferred to the Government (Section 47 of the RBI Act).
  • Previously, there were several attempts to frame an ECF for the RBI. However, under the changed circumstances, the RBI central board constituted a new committee (under Bimal Jalan) to design an ECF in 2018.

What is a Bimal Jalan Committee?

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in November 2018 had constituted a six-member committee, chaired by former governor Dr Bimal Jalan, to review the current economic capital framework (ECF), after the Ministry of Finance asked the central bank to follow global practices.

What did the Bimal Jalan Committee Recommend?

  • According to the Committee, a better distinction between the two components of RBI's economic capital, realised equity and revaluation balances, was needed.
    • The realised equity can be used as a buffer in meeting losses, whereas the revaluation balances will be used only during market risks as they are unrealised valuation gains and cannot be distributed.
  • The Committee has recommended the adoption of Expected Shortfall (ES) under stressed conditions for measuring the RBI’s market risk and asked to adopt a target of ES 99.5 per cent confidence level.
  • It also asked to maintain a Contingent Risk Buffer (CRB) within 6.5 per cent and 5.5 per cent of RBI's balance sheet.
  • The Jalan Committee recommended a surplus distribution policy that follows the realised equity maintained by the RBI.
  • The panel also suggested that the RBI’s ECF should be reviewed every five years.
  • In August 2019, the Central Board of the RBI, chaired by Governor Shaktikanta Das, finalised the RBI’s accounts for 2018-19 using the revised framework to determine risk provisioning and surplus transfer. According to the reports, the RBI had over Rs 9 trillion of surplus capital with it.

 

Higgs Boson

  • 10 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

Peter Higgs, the eminent theoretical physicist who first proposed the idea of what we now know as the “Higgs Boson,” died at the age of 94 on April 8.

What is the Higgs Boson?

  • Particles make up everything in the universe but they did not have any mass when the universe began.
  • They all sped around at the speed of light, according to the European Council for Nuclear Research (CERN).
    • CERN, the European Council for Nuclear Research, is where the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) is located, and it's where the discovery of the Higgs Boson was made in 2012 through experiments conducted at the LHC.
  • Everything we see like planets, stars, and life, emerged after particles gained their mass from a fundamental field associated with the particle known as the Higgs boson.
  • The particle has a mass of 125 billion electron volts making it 130 times bigger than a proton?, according to CERN.
  • Interestingly, the subatomic particles known as bosons are named after Indian Physicist Satyendra Nath Bose.

How does the Higgs Boson Work?

  • The Higgs boson is a fundamental component of a theory formulated by Higgs and colleagues in the 1960s to elucidate how particles acquire mass.
  • According to this theory, a pervasive Higgs energy field permeates the universe.
  • As particles traverse this field, they interact with and draw in Higgs bosons, which congregate around the particles in varying quantities.
  • Likewise, envision the universe akin to a party: less prominent guests can swiftly traverse the room without notice, while more popular guests attract clusters of people (the Higgs bosons), thus decelerating their movement through the room.
  • Similarly, particles navigating the Higgs field experience a comparable phenomenon.
  • Certain particles attract larger assemblies of Higgs bosons, and the more Higgs bosons a particle draws in, the greater its mass becomes.

Why is the Higgs Boson Called the “God Particle?”

  • The Higgs boson is popularly known as the "God Particle".
  • The name originated from Nobel Prize-winning physicist Leon Lederman's book on the particle which he titled the "Goddamn Particle", owing to frustration over how difficult it was to detect.
  • However, his publishers changed the name to "The God Particle", which often draws ire from religious communities.

Who was Peter Higgs?

  • Born in UK's Newcastle upon Tyne in 1929, Mr Higgs studied at King's College in London and has taught at the University of Edinburgh since the 1950s.
  • Described as a modest man who published only a few scientific papers, he disliked his sudden fame calling it "a bit of a nuisance", even cringing when the term "Higgs boson" was used.
  • Even as a lifelong atheist, he disliked the name "God particle".
  • In 2013, Higgs and Francois Englert won the Physics Nobel Prize for their work on the particle which was thought to be a key to explaining the universe.

CDP-SURAKSHA

  • 10 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

The government has come up with a new platform to disburse subsidies to horticulture farmers under the Cluster Development Programme (CDP) — the Centre’s initiative to promote horticulture crops.

What is the CDP-SURAKSHA?

  • The CDP-SURAKSHA is essentially a digital platform.
    • SURAKSHA stands for “System for Unified Resource Allocation, Knowledge, and Secure Horticulture Assistance.”
  • The platform will allow an instant disbursal of subsidies to farmers in their bank accounts by utilizing the e-RUPI voucher from the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI).
  • The CDP-SURAKSHA has features such as database integration with PM-KISAN, cloud-based server space from NIC, UIDAI validation, eRUPI integration, local government directory (LGD), content management system, geotagging, and geo-fencing.

How does the CDP-SURAKSHA work?

  • The platform allows access to farmers, vendors, implementing agencies (IA), cluster development agencies (CDAs), and officials of the National Horticulture Board (NHB).
  • A farmer can log in using their mobile number and place an order for planting materials such as seeds, seedlings, and plants based on their requirement.
  • Once the demand has been raised by the farmer, the system will ask them to contribute their share of the cost of planting material.
    • The subsidy amount paid by the government will appear on the screen automatically.
  • After the farmer pays their contribution, an e-RUPI voucher will be generated.
    • This voucher will then be received by a vendor, who will provide the required planting material to the farmer.
  • Once the ordered planting material is delivered to the farmer, they have to verify the delivery through geo-tagged photos and videos of their field.
    • It is only after the verification that the IA will release the money to the vendor for the e-RUPI voucher.
    • The vendor will be required to upload an invoice for the payment on the portal.
  • The IA will collect all the documents and share them with the CDA for subsidy release, then only the subsidy will be released to the IA.
  • However, the farmer, who raised the demand for the plant material using the platform, can avail of the subsidy at the first stage only.

What is e-RUPI?

  • The CDP-SURAKSHA platform uses e-RUPI vouchers from the NPCI.
  • The voucher is a one-time payment mechanism that can be redeemed without a card, digital payments app, or internet banking access, at the merchants accepting e-RUPI.
  • According to the NPCI, the e-RUPI can be shared with the beneficiaries for a specific purpose or activity by organizations or government via SMS or QR code.

What is the Cluster Development Program (CDP)?

  • The CDP is a component of the central sector scheme of NHB.
  • It is aimed at leveraging “the geographical specialization of horticulture clusters and promoting integrated and market-led development of pre-production, production, post-harvest, logistics, branding, and marketing activities.”
  • So far, 55 horticulture clusters have been identified, out of which 12 have been selected for the pilot.
  • These clusters are in different stages of development.
  • Four more clusters:
    • A floriculture cluster in West Bengal
    • Coconut clusters in Kerala and Tamil Nadu, and
    • White onion clusters in Gujarat
  • Each cluster will have an implementing agency and a cluster development agency (CDA).
  • According to the government, about 9 lakh hectares of area will be covered through all 55 clusters, covering 10 lakh farmers.
  • It is estimated that the initiative will attract private investment of Rs 8,250 crore, in addition to the government’s assistance, which is fixed according to the size of the cluster, up to Rs 25 crore for mini cluster (size up to 5,000 ha), up to Rs 50 crore for medium clusters (5,000 to 15,000), and up to Rs 100 crore for mega clusters (more than 15,000 ha).

Use of Green Hydrogen in the Transport Sector

  • 06 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) has announced a Rs-496-crore (until 2025-26) scheme to support pilot projects that either test the viability of green hydrogen as a vehicle fuel or develop secure supporting infrastructure such as refueling stations.

What is Green Hydrogen?

  • Green hydrogen is a form of hydrogen gas produced through a process called electrolysis, where water (H2O) is split into hydrogen (H2) and oxygen (O2) using electricity.
    • The electricity used in this process is generated from renewable sources such as solar, wind, or hydroelectric power, hence the term "green" hydrogen.
  • Unlike conventional methods of hydrogen production, which often rely on fossil fuels and emit greenhouse gases, green hydrogen production is considered environmentally friendly because it doesn't generate carbon dioxide emissions.
    • It can be used as a clean energy carrier in various sectors, including transportation, industry, and energy storage.
  • The production of green hydrogen is still relatively expensive compared to other forms of hydrogen production, but ongoing advancements in renewable energy technologies and electrolysis processes are expected to reduce costs and increase the viability of green hydrogen as a sustainable energy source in the future.

India's Push for Green Hydrogen in the Transportation Sector:

  • India is aggressively pushing for the adoption of green hydrogen in its transportation sector:
  • Major Indian commercial vehicle manufacturers like Tata Motors, Volvo Eicher, and Ashok Leyland are intensifying their efforts to develop hydrogen-powered trucks and buses.
  • Simultaneously, Indian energy companies are ramping up efforts to increase the production of green hydrogen while striving to decrease costs, making it competitive with other fuels.
  • Given its vast and expanding market for both vehicles and energy, India stands poised to reap substantial benefits from widespread green hydrogen adoption as a vehicular fuel.
  • India anticipates numerous advantages from this transition, including mitigating pollution, achieving climate objectives, and reducing reliance on expensive fossil fuel imports.
  • Moreover, India views this shift as a significant business opportunity, aiming to establish itself as a global hub for the production and export of green hydrogen.

Scheme for Use of Green Hydrogen in the Transport Sector:

  • The Scheme for Use of Green Hydrogen in the Transport Sector focuses on several key objectives:
    • Validating the technical feasibility and performance of green hydrogen as a transportation fuel.
    • Evaluating the economic viability of vehicles powered by green hydrogen.
    • Demonstrating the safe operation of hydrogen-powered vehicles and refueling stations.
  • Under the scheme, the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways will designate a scheme implementation agency responsible for inviting proposals for pilot projects.
  • Once selected, the chosen company or consortium will serve as the project's executing agency and must complete the pilot project within a two-year timeframe.
  • To support these initiatives, the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) will consider approving viability gap funding (VGF) based on the recommendations of a Project Appraisal Committee.
    • The VGF amount will be determined by assessing the specific needs, merits, and feasibility of each project.

Advantages of Green Hydrogen in the Transportation Sector:

  • Hydrogen Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) vehicles utilize hydrogen through combustion, akin to traditional diesel and petrol vehicles, but without emitting carbon.
  • Hydrogen Fuel Cell Electric Vehicles (FCEVs) convert hydrogen electrochemically into electricity, leaving water as the sole byproduct, offering a clean and efficient alternative.
  • While hydrogen ICE vehicles emit no carbon, studies indicate that converting hydrogen into electricity in a fuel cell is more energy efficient than burning it.
  • Unlike Battery Electric Vehicles (BEVs) where the battery is heavy, hydrogen FCEVs are typically lighter due to hydrogen being a lighter element.
  • This lightweight characteristic of hydrogen fuel cell technology makes it particularly promising for heavy-duty trucks, providing a viable alternative to EV battery technology.
  • Green hydrogen presents a significant opportunity to reduce carbon emissions in the transportation sector without compromising revenue-generating payload capacity, addressing both environmental and economic concerns.

Challenges to the Large-Scale Adoption of Green Hydrogen in the Transportation Sector:

  • Cost Prohibitions: The production cost of green hydrogen remains high, posing challenges to its viability as a fuel option.
    • To compete with Battery Electric Vehicles (BEVs), the cost of green hydrogen needs to be reduced to between $3 and $6.5 per kilogram by 2030.
    • Retail green hydrogen prices in California reached as high as $30 per kilogram in 2023, underscoring the current cost disparity.
    • However, ongoing technological innovations and scale-up efforts are expected to drive cost reductions soon.
  • Insufficient Infrastructure: Building hydrogen fueling stations for trucks can cost up to 72% more than those for battery electric trucks, according to the California Transportation Commission.
    • Challenges with supply complications and market factors have led to the closure of hydrogen refueling stations, exemplified by Shell's recent decision in California.
  • Storage and Transportation Challenges: Hydrogen storage requires high-pressure cylinders, which are costly and pose technical challenges.
    • Existing natural gas pipeline infrastructure is unsuitable for transporting hydrogen.
    • Specialized cylinders capable of safely storing green hydrogen are under discussion, necessitating infrastructure development.
  • Handling and Safety Concerns: Hydrogen's flammability necessitates stringent safety protocols and infrastructure at refueling stations.
    • Developing robust safety standards is imperative before widespread adoption can occur.
  • Long-Term Viability: Advancements in battery technologies are continuously improving the weight and efficiency of EV batteries, potentially challenging the long-term viability of green hydrogen-powered vehicles, particularly in heavy-duty commercial applications.

Food Waste Index Report 2024

  • 29 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

As per the Food Waste Index Report for 2024, households worldwide discarded more than one billion meals daily in 2022.

About UNEP Food Waste Index Report 2024:

  • The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) Food Waste Index Report 2024, co-authored with the Waste and Resources Action Programme (WRAP), offers a comprehensive analysis of the state of global food waste.
  • The report reveals alarming trends, including the wastage of over 1 billion meals per day in 2022, highlighting the urgency to address this critical issue.

Key findings from the report include:

  • Per Capita Waste: The average annual food waste per person amounts to approximately 79 kilograms (or around 174 pounds).
    • This equates to over a billion meals being wasted daily worldwide, underscoring the significant inefficiencies in current food consumption habits.
  • Sources of Waste: Household waste constitutes the majority, around 60%, with food service establishments (such as restaurants) contributing approximately 28%, and retailers making up about 12%.
    • This breakdown suggests that interventions targeting consumer behavior could have a substantial impact on reducing overall waste.
  • Environmental Impact: Food loss and waste contribute to 8 to 10% of global greenhouse gas emissions.
    • Comparatively, if food waste were considered a country, it would rank as the third-largest emitter of greenhouse gases globally, trailing only China and the United States.
    • This stark comparison underscores the urgent need to address food waste not only for resource efficiency but also as a crucial aspect of climate action on a global scale.
  • Global vs. Local Impact: The report highlights that food waste is a pervasive issue affecting both high-income and lower-income countries alike.
    • This universality implies that solutions must be adaptable and scalable across various socioeconomic contexts.
  • Collaborative Solutions: Governments, regional entities, industry stakeholders, and non-profit organizations are increasingly involved in public-private partnerships to combat food waste.
    • Effective strategies, such as food redistribution through initiatives like food banks and charities, are recognized as vital for reducing waste while simultaneously supporting vulnerable communities.

Recommendations:

  • The Food Waste Index Report by UNEP emphasizes the urgent need for comprehensive action, both globally and locally, to tackle the issue of food waste.
  • By illuminating the extent and origins of waste, as well as its significant environmental and social repercussions, the report advocates for collaborative efforts across all sectors to establish sustainable food systems.
  • The target of halving food waste by 2030 is not only in line with environmental goals but also represents a crucial step towards reducing global hunger and promoting a fairer distribution of food resources.
  • As nations strive to achieve this objective, the report underscores the interconnectedness of food security, environmental sustainability, and economic viability.
  • It presents addressing food waste not only as a moral and environmental imperative but also as a practical opportunity to bolster global food security and combat climate change.

T+0 Settlement Cycle

  • 28 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

The BSE and NSE introduced trading in the T+0 rolling settlement cycle in the equity segment on an optional basis today.

What is Trade Settlement?

  • Trade settlement encompasses the bilateral process of transferring funds and securities on the designated settlement date.
  • It signifies the completion of a trade transaction when the purchased securities of a listed company are successfully delivered to the buyer, and the seller receives the agreed-upon payment.
  • The evolution of the trade settlement cycle in India has seen notable adjustments over time.
  • Initially shortened by SEBI to T+3 from T+5 in 2002 and further to T+2 in 2003, the current cycle in the Indian stock market stands at T+1.
  • This migration to the T+1 cycle took effect in January 2023, positioning India as the second country globally, after China, to implement the T+1 settlement cycle for top-listed securities.

What is the T+0 Trading Settlement Cycle?

  • In December last year, the capital markets regulator SEBI proposed to introduce a facility for clearing and settlement of funds and securities on T+0 (same day) on an optional basis, in addition to the existing T+1 settlement cycle.
  • The regulator has also proposed to introduce optional instant settlement at a later stage.
  • Under the T+0 trade cycle, the settlement of trades will happen on the same day after the closure of the T+0 market.
  • If investors sell a share, they will get the money credited to their account the same day, and the buyer will also get the shares in their demat account on the very day of the transaction.

What are the Benefits of T+0 Trade Settlement?

  • A shortened settlement cycle will bring cost and time efficiency, transparency in charges to investors, and strengthen risk management at clearing corporations and the overall securities market ecosystem.
  • The T+0 trade cycle is expected to provide flexibility in terms of faster pay-out of the funds against the securities to the sellers and faster pay-out of securities against the funds to the buyers.
  • It will allow better control over funds and securities by the investors.
  • For the securities market ecosystem, a shorter settlement cycle will further free up capital in the securities market, thereby enhancing the overall market efficiency.
  • It will enhance the overall risk management of Clearing Corporations (CCs) as the trades are backed by upfront funds and securities.

Who can Participate in the T+0 Settlement Cycle?

  • All investors are eligible to participate in the segment for the T+0 trade settlement cycle if they are able to meet the timelines, process, and risk requirements as prescribed by the Market Infrastructure Institutions (MIIs).

World Inequality Lab Report

  • 21 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

India’s top 1 percent income and wealth shares have reached historical highs and are among the very highest in the world, according to a paper released by World Inequality Lab.

What is the World Inequality Lab?

  • The World Inequality Lab is a global research center that focuses on studying inequality and public policies that promote social, economic, and environmental justice.

The lab's main missions include:

  • Expanding the World Inequality Database: The lab gathers and analyzes data on income, wealth, and capital asset distribution across various countries.
  • Publishing research: The lab releases working papers, reports, and methodological handbooks to contribute to the understanding of global inequality dynamics.
  • Collaborating with international researchers: The lab works with a network of researchers from around the world to compile and analyze data for the World Inequality Database.
  • Promoting public debate: The lab aims to raise awareness about inequality by disseminating their findings and engaging in public discourse.
  • The World Inequality Lab is known for producing the World Inequality Report, which offers up-to-date and comprehensive data on different aspects of inequality globally, including wealth, income, gender, and ecological inequality.

Key Insights from the Research Paper Released by the WIL:

  • A team of four economists, including Nitin Kumar Bharti, Lucas Chancel, Thomas Piketty, and Anmol Somanchi, has compiled comprehensive time series data on income and wealth inequality in India.
  • Titled "The Billionaire Raj," the paper asserts that India's current level of inequality surpasses that of the British Raj era.
  • In the fiscal year 2022-23, India witnessed its highest recorded levels of income and wealth concentration among the top 1%: 22.6% and 40.1%, respectively.
  • India's top 1% income share is noted to be among the highest globally, even surpassing countries like South Africa, Brazil, and the US.
  • While India's top 1% holds a significant share of income, the wealth share of this segment is comparatively lower than in South Africa and Brazil.
  • The paper accentuates the stark disparities among various income groups in India.
  • For instance, the wealthiest 1% possess an average wealth of Rs 5.4 crore, 40 times the national average, whereas the bottom 50% and the middle 40% hold significantly lower amounts: Rs 1.7 lakh (0.1 times the national average) and Rs 9.6 lakh (0.7 times the national average), respectively.
  • At the pinnacle of the wealth distribution, approximately 10,000 individuals out of 92 million Indian adults possess an average wealth of Rs 2,260 crore, a staggering 16,763 times the average Indian wealth.

Key Recommendations from the Research Paper:

  • The research paper has meticulously compiled data from various sources to construct its estimates on income and wealth inequality.
  • Given the absence of official income estimates and wealth statistics based on surveys in India, the paper underscores the necessity for reliable data sources in these domains.
  • To tackle the issue of inequality in India, the paper proposes a range of policy interventions.
  • These measures encompass a comprehensive overhaul of the tax structure to encompass both income and wealth considerations, alongside substantial public investments in critical areas such as healthcare, education, and nutrition.
  • A notable suggestion outlined in the report is the implementation of a "super tax" of 2% on the net wealth of the 167 wealthiest families recorded in 2022-23. This levy is projected to generate revenues equivalent to 0.5% of the national income.
  • Furthermore, the imposition of such a tax is envisaged not only to create fiscal leeway for essential investments but also to serve as an effective tool in combatting entrenched inequality within the society.

Reverse Flipping

  • 20 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

Payments major Pine Labs and quick commerce firm Zepto are among the startups looking to relocate their headquarters from foreign shores to India, to capitalize on the country's burgeoning tech landscape.

What is Reverse Flipping?

  • Reverse flipping is a growing trend where overseas startups relocate their domicile to India and list on Indian stock exchanges.
    • The primary motivation behind this shift is the potential for a higher valuation and more certain exit opportunities in India's thriving economic landscape.

Several factors contribute to the rise of reverse flipping:

  • Access to a large, expanding economy: India's significant market size and sustained economic growth offer foreign startups attractive prospects for business expansion and success.
  • Abundant venture capital: India's substantial venture capital resources provide a strong financial foundation for startups, fueling innovation and growth.
  • Favorable tax policies: The country's tax regulations encourage foreign startups to establish operations in India, helping them maximize profits and minimize costs.
  • Enhanced intellectual property protection: India's robust IP protection framework fosters innovation and creativity, safeguarding the unique ideas and technologies of startups.
  • Skilled, youthful workforce: The availability of a talented, young, and educated population provides startups with a valuable human resource pool to drive growth and success.
  • Supportive government policies: The Indian government actively promotes entrepreneurship and innovation through various initiatives and policies, creating a conducive environment for startups.
  • The Economic Survey 2022-23 acknowledged the importance of reverse flipping and suggested measures to expedite the process, including simplifying tax vacation procedures, ESOP taxation, capital movement, and reducing tax layers.
  • These efforts aim to further enhance India's appeal as a destination for foreign startups and foster economic growth.

What is Flipping?

  • Flipping refers to the process by which an Indian company becomes a 100% subsidiary of a foreign entity after moving its headquarters overseas, involving a transfer of intellectual property (IP) and other assets.
    • This transforms an Indian startup into a fully-owned subsidiary of a foreign entity, with founders and investors maintaining their ownership through the new overseas structure by exchanging their shares.

The process of flipping poses several concerns for India:

  • The brain drain of entrepreneurial talent: As Indian startups move their operations overseas, India experiences a loss of innovative and entrepreneurial talent, which could otherwise contribute to the country's economic growth and development.
  • Value creation in foreign jurisdictions: Flipping redirects potential value creation to foreign countries, depriving India of the economic benefits that could result from successful startups and innovations.
  • Loss of Intellectual Property: When companies relocate and transfer their intellectual property overseas, India loses valuable IP assets, undermining the country's competitive advantage and innovation potential.
  • Reduced tax revenue: Flipping also contributes to decreased tax revenue for India as companies shift their operations and profits to other jurisdictions, which may have more favorable tax policies.

NHAI to start rolling out satellite-based tolling on national highways soon

  • 11 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

Road Transport and Highways Minister Nitin Gadkari said in Parliament in February that the government plans to implement a new highway toll collection system based on the global navigation satellite system before the model code of conduct for the 2024 election kicks in.

What is the Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS)?

  • GNSS refers to a constellation of satellites providing signals from space that transmit positioning and timing data to GNSS receivers.
    • The receivers then use this data to determine location.
  • Examples of GNSS include Europe’s Galileo, the USA’s GPS, Russia’s GLONASS and China’s BeiDou

How will the GNSS-Based Toll System work?

  • The system will use an automatic number plate recognition (ANPR) system through cameras installed on highways and deduct tolls based on the distance traveled by a vehicle.
  • The device monitors the movements while driving, accurately marking the entry and exit points on tolled segments. By analyzing travel distance, it computes the charges accordingly.
  • This eliminates the uniformity of fixed tolls at booths, ensuring fairness for drivers traversing shorter distances.

Difference between FASTags and ANPR technology:

  • FASTags streamline electronic toll payments at toll plazas equipped with scanners, enabling vehicles to pass through without stopping.
  • Conversely, GNSS-based systems utilize ANPR technology to deduct tolls based on distance traveled, rendering traditional toll plazas unnecessary.

What are the Challenges?

  • Detection of Non-Compliance: Without physical barriers, detecting non-compliant vehicles, such as those without an On-Board Unit (OBU) or engaging in fraudulent activities, poses a challenge.
  • Infrastructure Requirements: Deploying gantry-mounted Automatic Number-Plate Recognition (ANPR) systems along highways is essential for capturing violations and enforcing toll payments.
  • License Plate Quality: The effectiveness of ANPR systems relies on the quality of license plates; subpar plates hinder accurate recognition and enforcement efforts.
  • Data Privacy and Security: GNSS-based toll systems entail collecting and processing sensitive location data, necessitating robust privacy and security measures.

Every village to have agricultural credit societies by 2027

  • 09 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

Union Cooperation Minister Amit Shah Friday said that the Centre has decided to ensure formation of Primary Agricultural Credit Societies (PACS) in every village by 2027.

Context:

  • Union Cooperation Minister Amit Shah recently announced the Centre's commitment to establishing Primary Agricultural Credit Societies (PACS) in every village by 2027, introducing 20 new activities to enhance their profitability.
  • Emphasizing the significance of computerization in PACS, Shah highlighted its role in fostering development opportunities.
  • He also inaugurated the National Cooperative Database and unveiled the 'National Cooperative Database 2023: A Report' to bridge existing gaps through comprehensive analysis.
    • The database initiative progressed through three phases, including mapping approximately 2.64 lakh societies across agriculture, dairy, and fisheries sectors in the first phase.
  • Subsequent phases involved data collection from various federations, banks, and mapping of the remaining 8 lakh primary cooperative societies in other sectors.
  • The unveiling revealed over 8 lakh registered societies in the country, connecting more than 30 crore citizens.

What are Primary Agricultural Credit Societies (PACS)?

  • PACS are grassroots cooperative credit societies, constituting the final tier in a three-tier cooperative credit system led by State Cooperative Banks (SCBs) at the state level.
  • SCBs channel credit to District Central Cooperative Banks (DCCBs) operating at the district level, which collaborate with PACS, directly serving farmers.
  • PACS operate as cooperative entities, with individual farmers as members and elected office-bearers from within the community. Villages may host multiple PACS.
  • These societies extend short-term and medium-term agricultural loans to farmers for various farming activities.

Number of PACS in India:

  • Established since 1904, India currently boasts over 1,00,000 PACS nationwide, engaging a significant member base exceeding 13 crore farmers.
  • However, operational PACS stand at only 63,000, indicating the need for enhanced functionality and outreach.

Why are PACS Appealing?

  • PACS offer crucial last-mile connectivity, ensuring farmers have access to capital at the onset of agricultural activities.
  • They streamline credit extension processes, providing farmers with timely financial support with minimal paperwork, unlike traditional banks known for cumbersome procedures.
  • PACS simplify paperwork and administrative tasks, offering farmers collective strength and assistance from PACS office-bearers.
  • Unlike individual interactions required with commercial banks, PACS enable farmers to navigate loan processes collectively, reducing reliance on intermediaries.

Challenges Faced by PACS:

  • Political influences often overshadow financial prudence within PACS, impacting loan recovery.
  • Various committees have highlighted systemic issues within the cooperative system, including low member participation, lack of professionalism, inadequate governance, bureaucratic hurdles, and a workforce with aging and disengaged employees.

Several OPEC+ nations extend oil cuts to boost prices

  • 04 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

Moscow, Riyadh, and several other OPEC+ members announced extensions to oil production cuts first announced in 2023 as part of an agreement among oil producers to boost prices following economic uncertainty.

What is the OPEC+ Oil Alliance?

  • OPEC+ is a coalition of oil-exporting nations that convenes regularly to determine the quantity of crude oil to offer on the global market.
  • Origin: This alliance was established in late 2016 to formalize a framework for collaboration between OPEC and non-OPEC oil-producing nations on a consistent and sustainable basis.
  • The primary objective of these nations is to collaborate on regulating crude oil production to stabilize the oil market.
  • OPEC+ collectively controls approximately 40% of global oil supplies and holds over 80% of proven oil reserves.
  • At its core, OPEC+ consists of OPEC member states, predominantly comprising nations from the Middle East and Africa.
  • Membership: It includes OPEC member states along with Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Brunei, Kazakhstan, Russia, Mexico, Malaysia, South Sudan, Sudan, and Oman.

About the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC):

  • OPEC, short for the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, is a permanent intergovernmental organization comprised of oil-exporting nations.

Mission:

  • To coordinate and harmonize the petroleum policies of its member countries.
  • To ensure the stability of oil prices in global oil markets, aiming to eliminate detrimental and unnecessary fluctuations.
  • Formation: Founded in 1960 by the five original members - Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, and Venezuela.
  • Presently, it consists of 13 member countries, which include Algeria, Angola, Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Libya, Nigeria, and the United Arab Emirates.
  • Headquarters: Located in Vienna, Austria.

India to Make Climate Risk Disclosures Mandatory for Banks

  • 02 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

While acknowledging the importance of the environment and its long-term impact on organizations and the economy as a whole, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has now released a draft framework for banks to follow.

What are Climate-led Financial Risks?

  • “Climate-related financial risks” means the potential risks that may arise from climate change or from efforts to mitigate climate change, their related impacts, and economic and financial consequences according to RBI.
  • These risks manifest through two primary channels: physical risks and transition risks.
  • Physical Risks: These entail the economic and financial consequences arising from the escalating frequency and severity of extreme weather events linked to climate change. Such events can exert pressure on the financial sector in various ways:
    • Renewable Energy Sector (REs) Vulnerability: The occurrence of local or regional weather events may strain the anticipated cash flows to REs, impacting their financial stability. Furthermore, chronic flooding or landslides pose risks to the collateral that REs have pledged as security for loans.
    • Infrastructure and Property Damage: Severe weather phenomena can inflict damage on the physical assets and data centres owned or leased by REs, impairing their capacity to deliver financial services effectively.
  • Transition Risks: These risks stem from the transition toward a low-carbon economy, influenced by factors such as evolving climate-related policies, technological advancements, and changing consumer behaviours. Key considerations include:
    • Policy and Regulatory Shifts: Changes in climate-related regulations and policies, along with advancements in technologies, can significantly influence the transition process. Moreover, alterations in customer sentiments and behaviour patterns play a pivotal role in shaping this transition.
    • Economic Impact: The transition toward reducing carbon emissions carries substantial implications for the economy at large. It entails a shift toward sustainable practices and investments, which can impact various sectors and industries differently.
  • Recognizing and addressing these climate-related financial risks is imperative for ensuring the resilience and stability of the financial sector in the face of evolving environmental challenges.

About the Framework:

  • Commencing from the financial year 2025-26, all major financial institutions across India, including top-tier NBFCs and renowned NBFCs, will be mandated to furnish details about governance, strategy, and risk management strategies.
  • Additionally, they will be required to initiate disclosure of metrics and targets from the fiscal year 2027-28.

Key highlights of the framework include:

  • Enhanced Disclosure Requirements: Banks will be obligated to unveil climate-related risks that could potentially impact their financial stability.
    • This measure aims to facilitate a comprehensive understanding of climate-related financial risks and opportunities, fostering early assessment and proactive management.
  • Scope of Coverage: The framework encompasses various financial entities, including scheduled commercial banks (excluding local area banks, payments banks, and regional rural banks), Tier-IV primary urban cooperative banks (UCBs), and top and upper layer non-banking financial companies (NBFCs).
  • Disclosure Obligations for Renewable Energy Sector (REs): REs are mandated to disclose crucial information related to climate-related risks and opportunities across short-, medium-, and long-term horizons. Key areas of disclosure include:
  • Identification of Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities: REs are required to identify and disclose climate-related risks and opportunities relevant to their operations and financial outlook.
  • Assessment of Impact: REs must delineate the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on their business strategies and financial planning, enabling stakeholders to comprehend the implications on their overall strategy.
  • Resilience Evaluation: REs are tasked with evaluating the resilience of their strategies in light of diverse climate scenarios, thereby ensuring robustness in navigating potential challenges and capitalizing on emerging opportunities.

Significance:

  • A pressing requirement exists for an improved and standardized disclosure framework for regulated entities to mitigate financial risks.
  • Without such a framework, there is a risk of assets being mispriced and capital being misallocated, which could have adverse repercussions on financial stability. Consequently, the imperative for a standardized disclosure framework on climate-related financial risks became evident.

RBI tweaks norms related to the Regulatory Sandbox scheme

  • 29 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Reserve Bank recently tweaked guidelines for the Regulatory Sandbox (RS) scheme under which participating entities will have to comply with digital personal data protection norms.

About the Regulatory Sandbox Scheme:

  • The Regulatory Sandbox scheme denotes a controlled regulatory environment where new products or services can undergo live testing.
  • Functioning as a "safe space" for businesses, regulators may offer certain relaxations for testing purposes within this environment.
  • It serves as a structured platform for regulators to engage with the industry and develop regulations that foster innovation and enable the delivery of cost-effective financial products.
  • The scheme holds potential as a tool for creating dynamic regulatory environments that adapt to emerging technologies through evidence-based learning.

Objectives:

  • Offering innovative technology-led entities an opportunity for limited-scale testing of new products or services, potentially involving regulatory relaxations before broader implementation.
  • At its core, the Regulatory Sandbox is a formal program allowing market participants to test new products, services, or business models in live settings, under appropriate oversight.
  • Proposed financial services under the scheme should leverage new or emerging technology to address consumer needs or offer benefits.
  • The overarching goal is to promote responsible innovation in financial services, enhance efficiency, and deliver consumer benefits.
  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) introduced the 'Enabling Framework for Regulatory Sandbox' in August 2019 after extensive consultations.
  • The updated framework mandates compliance with the Digital Personal Data Protection Act of 2023 for sandbox entities.
  • Furthermore, the timeline for various stages of the Regulatory Sandbox process has been extended from seven to nine months.
  • Fintech companies, including startups, banks, financial institutions, and other entities providing support to financial services businesses, are among the target applicants for entry into the Regulatory Sandbox.

RBI Allows Lending And Borrowing Govt Securities

  • 27 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

In a bid to deepen the bond market, the Reserve Bank of India on Wednesday issued guidelines for lending and borrowing in government securities.

What are Government Securities?

  • Government securities, also known as G-Secs, refer to the debt instruments issued by the government to finance its fiscal requirements.
  • These securities are backed by the government’s guarantee of repayment and are considered risk-free investments.
  • They are an integral part of the fixed-income market and are traded on the government securities market.
  • Government securities serve as a means for the government to raise funds from the public to meet its expenditure needs, bridge budget deficits, and fund developmental projects.
  • Investors who purchase these securities lend money to the government in return for regular interest payments and the principal amount at maturity.
  • These securities come in mainly two categories:
    • Short-Term: Often known as “Treasury Bills,” these have initial maturities of less than a year.
    • Long-Term: Typically referred to as Government Bonds or Dated Securities, these have an original maturity of one year or more.
  • In India, the Central Government issues both treasury bills and bonds or dated securities while the State Governments issue only bonds or dated securities, which are called State Development Loans (SDLs).

Treasury Bills (Short-Term G-Secs)

  • Treasury Bills, commonly known as T-Bills, are short-term government securities with a maturity period of less than one year.
  • They are issued at a discount to their face value and are highly liquid instruments.
  • T-Bills serve as a mechanism for the government to efficiently manage its short-term funding requirements.

 Dated Securities (Long-Term G-Secs)

  • Dated Securities are long-term government securities with a fixed maturity period, typically 5 to 40 years.
  • They pay regular interest to investors, known as coupon payments, and return the principal amount at maturity.
  • Dated Securities are vital for financing long-term projects and meeting government borrowing needs.

 

PM Modi Inaugurates 'Sudarshan Setu', India's Longest Cable-Stayed Bridge

  • 26 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

PM Modi recently inaugurated the Sudarshan Setu, a four-lane cable-stayed bridge connecting Okha to Beyt Dwarka island in Gujarat.

About the Sudarshan Setu:

  • 'Sudarshan Setu' is the country's longest cable-stayed bridge 2.32 km on the Arabian Sea connecting Beyt Dwarka island to mainland Okha in Gujarat's Devbhumi Dwarka district.
  • It boasts a unique design, featuring a footpath adorned with verses from the Bhagavad Gita and images of Lord Krishna on both sides.
  • It also has solar panels installed on the upper portions of the footpath, generating one megawatt of electricity.
  • The 2.32 km bridge, including 900 metres of a central double-span cable-stayed portion and a 2.45 km long approach road, has been constructed at a cost of Rs 979 crore.

About Beyt Dwarka:

  • Bet/Beyt (pronounced ‘Bait’ Dwarka also known as Shankhodara, is an island located near the shores of Okha which is situated around 30 km from Dwarka, in the Gulf of Kutch.
  • It said that Lord Krishna resided here while Dwarka was his constitutional seat.

History:

  • Bet Dwarka derived its name from the word ‘bet’ which translates to ‘gift’ and is believed that Lord Krishna received it from his friend Sudama.
  • In the ancient epic, Mahabharata, Bet Dwarka is known by the name of ‘Antardvipa’ to which people of the Yadava clan needed to travel by boat.
  • Explorations and excavations carried out under the sea have revealed the presence of settlements whose age can be traced back to the era of the Harappan civilisation and that of the Mauryan rule.
  • In the later years, the region was under the administration of the Gaekwad clan of the state of Baroda.
  • During the revolt of 1857, Vaghers attacked the region and captured it, but had to concede defeat in two years and return the region back to the Gaekwads.

Analysis of Household Consumption Expenditure Survey 2022-23 Report

  • 26 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

The per capita monthly household expenditure more than doubled in 2022-23 as compared to 2011-12, according to the latest study by the National Sample Survey Office (NSSO).

Context:

  • As per the 2022-23 report, rising inequality between the top and bottom of the pyramid.
  • Urban and rural households register higher expenditure, spending less on food items.
  • New methodology and questionnaire used in Household Consumption Expenditure Survey (HCES) 2022-23.

About the National Sample Survey Office (NSSO):

  • The National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) comes under the Ministry of Statistics and Program Implementation headed by a Director General.
  • It is responsible for the conduct of large-scale sample surveys in diverse fields on an All-India basis.
  • Primarily data are collected through nationwide household surveys on various socio-economic subjects, Annual Survey of Industries (ASI), etc.
  • Besides these surveys, NSSO collects data on rural and urban prices and plays a significant role in the improvement of crop statistics through supervision of the area enumeration and crop estimation surveys of the State agencies.
  • It also maintains a frame of urban area units for use in sample surveys in urban areas.

The NSSO has four Divisions:

  • Survey Design and Research Division (SDRD): This Division, located at Kolkata, is responsible for the technical planning of surveys, formulation of concepts and definitions, sampling design, designing of inquiry schedules, drawing up of tabulation plans, and analysis and presentation of survey results.
  • Field Operations Division (FOD): The Division, with its headquarters at Delhi/Faridabad, is responsible for the collection of primary data for the surveys undertaken by NSS.
  • Data Processing Division (DPD): The Division, with its headquarters at Kolkata is responsible for sample selection, software development, processing, validation and tabulation of the data collected through surveys.
  • Survey Coordination Division (SCD): This Division, located in New Delhi, coordinates all the activities of different Divisions of NSS.
    • It also brings out the bi-annual journal of NSS, titled “Sarvekshana”, and organizes National Seminars on the results of various Socio-economic surveys undertaken by NSS.

Key Insights From the 2022-23 Survey:

  • Evolution of Food Expenditure: Over the past two decades, there has been a notable shift in spending patterns on food in India.
    • Between 1999-2000 and 2022-23, both urban and rural households witnessed a gradual decline in the share of expenditure allocated to food.
    • This period marks the first instance where food expenditure has dropped to below 50% in rural India and below 40% in urban India.
  • Changing Dietary Preferences: The composition of food consumption has also undergone significant changes.
    • Cereals and pulses have seen a reduction in their share of overall food consumption expenditure, while spending on milk has surged, surpassing that on cereals and pulses combined.
    • In a noteworthy shift, the average Indian now spends more on fruits and vegetables than on food grains.
    • Furthermore, expenditure on animal proteins like eggs, fish, and meat has shown a growing trend, indicating a preference for animal-based proteins over plant-based ones.
  • Rise in Processed Food Consumption: There has been an observed increase in the share of expenditure allocated to processed foods, beverages, and purchased cooked meals.
    • This trend aligns with the Engel Curve hypothesis, suggesting that as incomes rise, households allocate a smaller proportion of their spending to food and tend to prefer superior items over inferior ones.
  • Closing Rural-Urban Consumption Gap: Consumption growth in rural areas has outpaced that in urban areas, leading to a narrowing of the rural-urban consumption divide.
    • If this trend continues, it could potentially lead to parity in urban and rural incomes and consumption patterns in the future.
  • Challenges in Inflation Calculation: The findings of the latest Household Consumption Expenditure (HCE) Survey underscore the need to review the inflation basket.
    • The current Consumer Price Index (CPI)-based inflation calculation, established in 2012, may not accurately reflect contemporary consumption patterns.
    • For instance, the disparity between the weightage assigned to cereals in the CPI basket and actual expenditure on cereals by rural households highlights the need for recalibration.
  • Insights on Poverty Reduction: According to NITI Aayog CEO B V R Subrahmanyam, the latest survey indicates a reduction in poverty to five per cent nationwide.
    • Both rural and urban areas are witnessing increased prosperity, as evidenced by rising per capita monthly expenditure.
  • Demand for Legal Guarantee to MSP: While there is a demand for a legal guarantee to Minimum Support Price (MSP) for 23 crops, including food grains and sugarcane, the survey data suggests that the growth in the farm sector is being primarily driven by livestock, fisheries, and horticulture crops.
    • This poses a pertinent question regarding the promotion of production: should the focus be on crops outside the MSP purview, such as milk, fish, poultry products, fruits, and vegetables, given their growing consumption trends?

Unauthorised online lending apps high on the FSDC scanner

  • 22 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

Fresh measures to curb unauthorised online lending apps’ operations could be on the anvil, following deliberations on the issue at the Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC) chaired by Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman recently.

About the Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC):

  • The Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC) is a high-level body established by the Government of India in 2010 to address macroeconomic and financial stability issues.
  • Although not a statutory body, it operates under the Financial Stability Division of the Department of Economic Affairs within the Ministry of Finance.

Background:

  • In response to the global financial crisis of 2008, recommendations were made by the Raghuram Rajan Committee for the creation of a centralised regulatory body to oversee India's financial system.
  • The establishment of FSDC reflects India's proactive approach to enhance preparedness for future financial challenges.

Composition:

  • Chaired by the Union Finance Minister, the council comprises key stakeholders including the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), finance and economic affairs officials, regulatory body chairpersons, and other relevant authorities.
  • The Secretary of the Department of Economic Affairs serves as the council's secretary.

Responsibilities:

  • FSDC is entrusted with the task of promoting financial stability, coordinating policy responses to systemic risks, and fostering the development of India's financial sector.

Concerns and Future Directions:

  • Concerns have been raised about potential encroachment on the autonomy of sectoral regulators due to FSDC's leadership by the Union Finance Minister.
  • To address this, it's crucial to safeguard the independence of regulatory bodies and establish clear guidelines to ensure effective coordination without undermining regulatory authority.

What is Digital Lending?

  • Digital lending refers to the process of accessing credit online, facilitated through web platforms or mobile applications.
  • This approach leverages technology across various stages of the lending process, including customer acquisition, credit assessment, approval, fund disbursement, recovery, and customer service.

Key Features:

  • Utilises technology for end-to-end lending operations, enhancing efficiency and accessibility.
  • Offers flexibility in credit options and facilitates swift transactions, appealing to modern borrowers.
  • Prominent examples include Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) schemes, which provide short-term financing for purchases, allowing consumers to defer immediate payments.

Drivers of Growth:

  • Increased adoption is driven by widespread smartphone usage and the convenience of online transactions.
  • Flexibility in credit offerings and simplified application processes contribute to the popularity of digital lending platforms.
  • BNPL services, in particular, cater to consumers seeking deferred payment options for purchases and services.

Centre increases Fair and Remunerative Prices of sugarcane

  • 22 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs recently approved ?340/quintal as the Fair and Remunerative Price (FRP) of sugarcane for the sugar season 2024-25 at a sugar recovery rate of 10.25%.

What is the Fair and Remunerative Price (FRP)?

  • FRP was introduced by the government in 2009 by an amendment to the Sugarcane (Control) Order, 1966.
  • It replaced the Statutory Minimum Price (SMP) on the Commission for Agricultural Costs and Prices (CACP) consultation.
  • The FRP system assured timely payment to farmers, irrespective of the profit and loss to sugar mills.
    • Further, the new system made it mandatory for sugar mills to pay the farmers within 14 days of delivery of sugarcane.
  • Additionally, the FRP system introduced grading on the basis of sugar recovery rate from sugarcane wherein a premium was paid to the farmer on higher recovery and a reduction in rates on lower recovery.
  • The FRP is based on the Rangarajan Committee report on reorganising the sugarcane industry.

Factors Considered for Announcing FRP:

    • Cost of production of sugarcane
    • Return to the growers from alternative crops and the general trend of prices of agricultural commodities
    • Availability of sugar to consumers at a fair price
    • The price at which sugar produced from sugarcane is sold by sugar producers
    • Recovery of sugar from sugarcane
    • The realisation made from the sale of by-products viz. molasses, bagasse and press mud or their imputed value
    • Reasonable margins for the growers of sugarcane on account of risk and profits

Effect of the New FRP:

  • Sugar production in India was hit hard in the October-December 2023 quarter as production fell by 11.21 million metric tonnes;
    • It was 12 million in the same quarter the previous year.
    • The increase in FRP is going to increase the cost for producers.
  • The increased FRP will benefit over five crore sugarcane farmers in the country, however, the increase in production cost could affect end-consumers as well.
  • Factors such as FRP hikes, akin to MSP, make it attractive to farmers but also increase prices in the local market as mills pass on that cost to consumers